1 /* PowerPC-specific support for 32-bit ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1994-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
4
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the
19 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor,
20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
21
22 /* The assembler should generate a full set of section symbols even
23 when they appear unused. The linux kernel build tool recordmcount
24 needs them. */
25 #define TARGET_KEEP_UNUSED_SECTION_SYMBOLS true
26
27 #include "sysdep.h"
28 #include <stdarg.h>
29 #include "bfd.h"
30 #include "bfdlink.h"
31 #include "libbfd.h"
32 #include "elf-bfd.h"
33 #include "elf/ppc.h"
34 #include "elf32-ppc.h"
35 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
36 #include "dwarf2.h"
37 #include "opcode/ppc.h"
38
39 /* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1. */
40 #define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1
41
42 typedef enum split16_format_type
43 {
44 split16a_type = 0,
45 split16d_type
46 }
47 split16_format_type;
48
49 /* RELA relocations are used here. */
50
51 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
52 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
53 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
54 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
55
56 /* Branch prediction bit for branch taken relocs. */
57 #define BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT 0x200000
58 /* Mask to set RA in memory instructions. */
59 #define RA_REGISTER_MASK 0x001f0000
60 /* Value to shift register by to insert RA. */
61 #define RA_REGISTER_SHIFT 16
62
63 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
64 section. */
65 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
66
67 /* For old-style PLT. */
68 /* The number of single-slot PLT entries (the rest use two slots). */
69 #define PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES 8192
70
71 /* For new-style .glink and .plt. */
72 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE 16*4
73 #define GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE(htab, h) \
74 ((4*4 \
75 + (h != NULL \
76 && h == htab->tls_get_addr \
77 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt ? 8*4 : 0) \
78 + (1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align) - 1) \
79 & -(1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align))
80
81 /* VxWorks uses its own plt layout, filled in by the static linker. */
82
83 /* The standard VxWorks PLT entry. */
84 #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 32
85 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
86 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
87 {
88 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
89 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
90 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
91 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
92 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
93 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> */
94 0x60000000, /* nop */
95 0x60000000, /* nop */
96 };
97 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
98 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
99 {
100 0x3d9e0000, /* addis r12,r30,0 */
101 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
102 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
103 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
104 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
105 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> 14: R_PPC_REL24 .PLTresolve */
106 0x60000000, /* nop */
107 0x60000000, /* nop */
108 };
109
110 /* The initial VxWorks PLT entry. */
111 #define VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE 32
112 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
113 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
114 {
115 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
116 0x398c0000, /* addi r12,r12,0 */
117 0x800c0008, /* lwz r0,8(r12) */
118 0x7c0903a6, /* mtctr r0 */
119 0x818c0004, /* lwz r12,4(r12) */
120 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
121 0x60000000, /* nop */
122 0x60000000, /* nop */
123 };
124 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
125 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE / 4] =
126 {
127 0x819e0008, /* lwz r12,8(r30) */
128 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
129 0x819e0004, /* lwz r12,4(r30) */
130 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
131 0x60000000, /* nop */
132 0x60000000, /* nop */
133 0x60000000, /* nop */
134 0x60000000, /* nop */
135 };
136
137 /* For executables, we have some additional relocations in
138 .rela.plt.unloaded, for the kernel loader. */
139
140 /* The number of non-JMP_SLOT relocations per PLT0 slot. */
141 #define VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS 3
142 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot. */
143 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS 2
144 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot when creating
145 a shared library. */
146 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB 0
147
148 /* Some instructions. */
149 #define ADDIS_11_11 0x3d6b0000
150 #define ADDIS_11_30 0x3d7e0000
151 #define ADDIS_12_12 0x3d8c0000
152 #define ADDI_11_11 0x396b0000
153 #define ADD_0_11_11 0x7c0b5a14
154 #define ADD_3_12_2 0x7c6c1214
155 #define ADD_11_0_11 0x7d605a14
156 #define B 0x48000000
157 #define BA 0x48000002
158 #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005
159 #define BCTR 0x4e800420
160 #define BEQLR 0x4d820020
161 #define CMPWI_11_0 0x2c0b0000
162 #define LIS_11 0x3d600000
163 #define LIS_12 0x3d800000
164 #define LWZU_0_12 0x840c0000
165 #define LWZ_0_12 0x800c0000
166 #define LWZ_11_3 0x81630000
167 #define LWZ_11_11 0x816b0000
168 #define LWZ_11_30 0x817e0000
169 #define LWZ_12_3 0x81830000
170 #define LWZ_12_12 0x818c0000
171 #define MR_0_3 0x7c601b78
172 #define MR_3_0 0x7c030378
173 #define MFLR_0 0x7c0802a6
174 #define MFLR_12 0x7d8802a6
175 #define MTCTR_0 0x7c0903a6
176 #define MTCTR_11 0x7d6903a6
177 #define MTLR_0 0x7c0803a6
178 #define NOP 0x60000000
179 #define SUB_11_11_12 0x7d6c5850
180
181 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */
182 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
183 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
184
185 /* The value of a defined global symbol. */
186 #define SYM_VAL(SYM) \
187 ((SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma \
188 + (SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_offset \
189 + (SYM)->root.u.def.value)
190
191 /* Relocation HOWTO's. */
192 /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple
193 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is
194 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative.
195 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at
196 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24
197 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here,
198 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */
199 #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \
200 complain, special_func) \
201 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \
202 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \
203 #type, false, 0, mask, pc_relative)
204
205 static reloc_howto_type *ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_max];
206
207 static reloc_howto_type ppc_elf_howto_raw[] = {
208 /* This reloc does nothing. */
209 HOW (R_PPC_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0, false, dont,
210 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
211
212 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */
213 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR32, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
214 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
215
216 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
217 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
218 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR24, 4, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, false, signed,
219 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
220
221 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */
222 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, bitfield,
223 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
224
225 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */
226 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
227 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
228
229 /* The high order 16 bits of an address. */
230 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
231 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
232
233 /* The high order 16 bits of an address, plus 1 if the contents of
234 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
235 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
236 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc),
237
238 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
239 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
240 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14, 4, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
241 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
242
243 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
244 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two
245 bits must be zero. */
246 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN, 4, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
247 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
248
249 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
250 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower
251 two bits must be zero. */
252 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN, 4, 16, 0xfffc, 0, false, signed,
253 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
254
255 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
256 HOW (R_PPC_REL24, 4, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, true, signed,
257 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
258
259 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
260 HOW (R_PPC_REL14, 4, 16, 0xfffc, 0, true, signed,
261 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
262
263 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
264 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be
265 zero. */
266 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN, 4, 16, 0xfffc, 0, true, signed,
267 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
268
269 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
270 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must
271 be zero. */
272 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN, 4, 16, 0xfffc, 0, true, signed,
273 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
274
275 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the
276 symbol. */
277 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
278 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
279
280 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for
281 the symbol. */
282 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
283 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
284
285 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for
286 the symbol. */
287 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
288 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
289
290 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for
291 the symbol. */
292 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
293 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
294
295 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but referring to the procedure linkage table
296 entry for the symbol. */
297 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL24, 4, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, true, signed,
298 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
299
300 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist
301 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The
302 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
303 shared library into the object, because the object being
304 run has to have the data at some particular address. */
305 HOW (R_PPC_COPY, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
306 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
307
308 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but used when setting global offset table
309 entries. */
310 HOW (R_PPC_GLOB_DAT, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
311 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
312
313 /* Marks a procedure linkage table entry for a symbol. */
314 HOW (R_PPC_JMP_SLOT, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
315 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
316
317 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this
318 longword is set to the load address of the object, plus the
319 addend. */
320 HOW (R_PPC_RELATIVE, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
321 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
322
323 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but uses the value of the symbol within the
324 object rather than the final value. Normally used for
325 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
326 HOW (R_PPC_LOCAL24PC, 4, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, true, signed,
327 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
328
329 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */
330 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR32, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
331 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
332
333 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */
334 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, bitfield,
335 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
336
337 /* 32-bit PC relative */
338 HOW (R_PPC_REL32, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, true, dont,
339 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
340
341 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
342 FIXME: not supported. */
343 HOW (R_PPC_PLT32, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
344 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
345
346 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
347 FIXME: not supported. */
348 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL32, 4, 32, 0, 0, true, dont,
349 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
350
351 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for
352 the symbol. */
353 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
354 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
355
356 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for
357 the symbol. */
358 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
359 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
360
361 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for
362 the symbol. */
363 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
364 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
365
366 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA_BASE_, for use with
367 small data items. */
368 HOW (R_PPC_SDAREL16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
369 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
370
371 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */
372 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
373 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
374
375 /* 16-bit lower half section relative relocation. */
376 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
377 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
378
379 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */
380 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
381 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
382
383 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */
384 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
385 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
386
387 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */
388 HOW (R_PPC_TLS, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
389 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
390
391 HOW (R_PPC_TLSGD, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
392 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
393
394 HOW (R_PPC_TLSLD, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
395 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
396
397 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */
398 HOW (R_PPC_PLTSEQ, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
399 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
400
401 HOW (R_PPC_PLTCALL, 4, 32, 0, 0, false, dont,
402 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
403
404 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the
405 definition of its TLS sym. */
406 HOW (R_PPC_DTPMOD32, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
407 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
408
409 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value
410 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that
411 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */
412 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL32, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
413 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
414
415 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */
416 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
417 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
418
419 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
420 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
421 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
422
423 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
424 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
425 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
426
427 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
428 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
429 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
430
431 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of
432 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */
433 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL32, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
434 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
435
436 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */
437 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
438 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
439
440 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */
441 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
442 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
443
444 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
445 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
446 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
447
448 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
449 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
450 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
451
452 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
453 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset
454 to the first entry. */
455 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
456 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
457
458 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */
459 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
460 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
461
462 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
463 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
464 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
465
466 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
467 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
468 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
469
470 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
471 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the
472 first entry. */
473 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
474 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
475
476 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */
477 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
478 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
479
480 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
481 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
482 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
483
484 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
485 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
486 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
487
488 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes
489 the offset to the entry. */
490 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
491 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
492
493 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
494 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
495 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
496
497 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
498 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
499 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
500
501 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
502 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
503 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
504
505 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the
506 offset to the entry. */
507 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
508 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
509
510 /* Like GOT_TPREL16, but no overflow. */
511 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
512 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
513
514 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
515 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
516 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
517
518 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
519 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
520 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
521
522 /* The remaining relocs are from the Embedded ELF ABI, and are not
523 in the SVR4 ELF ABI. */
524
525 /* 32 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
526 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
527 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
528
529 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
530 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
531 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
532
533 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
534 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
535 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
536
537 /* The high order 16 bits of the addend minus the symbol. */
538 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
539 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
540
541 /* The high order 16 bits of the result of the addend minus the address,
542 plus 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number,
543 is negative. */
544 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, false, dont,
545 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
546
547 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
548 address in the .sdata section, and returning the offset from
549 _SDA_BASE_ for that relocation. */
550 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
551 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
552
553 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
554 address in the .sdata2 section, and returning the offset from
555 _SDA2_BASE_ for that relocation. */
556 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
557 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
558
559 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA2_BASE_, for use with
560 small data items. */
561 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
562 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
563
564 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling in the 16 bit
565 signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the register
566 field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
567 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA21, 4, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
568 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
569
570 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF */
571 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16 */
572 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO */
573 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI */
574 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA */
575 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD */
576
577 /* PC relative relocation against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling
578 in the 16 bit signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the
579 register field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
580 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
581 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
582
583 /* A relative 8 bit branch. */
584 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL8, 2, 8, 0xff, 1, true, signed,
585 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
586
587 /* A relative 15 bit branch. */
588 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL15, 4, 16, 0xfffe, 0, true, signed,
589 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
590
591 /* A relative 24 bit branch. */
592 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL24, 4, 25, 0x1fffffe, 0, true, signed,
593 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
594
595 /* The 16 LSBS in split16a format. */
596 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16A, 4, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, false, dont,
597 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
598
599 /* The 16 LSBS in split16d format. */
600 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16D, 4, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, false, dont,
601 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
602
603 /* Bits 16-31 split16a format. */
604 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16A, 4, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont,
605 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
606
607 /* Bits 16-31 split16d format. */
608 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16D, 4, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont,
609 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
610
611 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16a format. */
612 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16A, 4, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont,
613 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
614
615 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16d format. */
616 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16D, 4, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont,
617 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
618
619 /* This reloc is like R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 but only applies to e_add16i
620 instructions. If the register base is 0 then the linker changes
621 the e_add16i to an e_li instruction. */
622 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21, 4, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
623 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
624
625 /* Like R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 but ignore overflow. */
626 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO, 4, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, dont,
627 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
628
629 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
630 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A, 4, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, false, dont,
631 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
632
633 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
634 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D, 4, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, false, dont,
635 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
636
637 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
638 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A, 4, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont,
639 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
640
641 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
642 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D, 4, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont,
643 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
644
645 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16a format. */
646 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A, 4, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, false, dont,
647 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
648
649 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16d format. */
650 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D, 4, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, false, dont,
651 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
652
653 /* e_li split20 format. */
654 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20, 4, 20, 0x1f7fff, 0, false, dont,
655 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
656
657 HOW (R_PPC_IRELATIVE, 4, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, false, dont,
658 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
659
660 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */
661 HOW (R_PPC_REL16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, true, signed,
662 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
663
664 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */
665 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_LO, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, true, dont,
666 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
667
668 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */
669 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HI, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, true, dont,
670 bfd_elf_generic_reloc),
671
672 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of
673 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
674 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HA, 2, 16, 0xffff, 16, true, dont,
675 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc),
676
677 /* Like R_PPC_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */
678 HOW (R_PPC_REL16DX_HA, 4, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, true, signed,
679 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc),
680
681 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */
682 HOW (R_PPC_16DX_HA, 4, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, false, signed,
683 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc),
684
685 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
686 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT, 0, 0, 0, 0, false, dont,
687 NULL),
688
689 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
690 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY, 0, 0, 0, 0, false, dont,
691 NULL),
692
693 /* Phony reloc to handle AIX style TOC entries. */
694 HOW (R_PPC_TOC16, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, false, signed,
695 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc),
696 };
697
698 /* Initialize the ppc_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can be done. */
699
700 static void
ppc_elf_howto_init(void)701 ppc_elf_howto_init (void)
702 {
703 unsigned int i, type;
704
705 for (i = 0;
706 i < sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw[0]);
707 i++)
708 {
709 type = ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].type;
710 if (type >= (sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table)
711 / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table[0])))
712 abort ();
713 ppc_elf_howto_table[type] = &ppc_elf_howto_raw[i];
714 }
715 }
716
717 static reloc_howto_type *
ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup(bfd * abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)718 ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
719 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
720 {
721 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r;
722
723 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
724 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
725 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
726
727 switch (code)
728 {
729 default:
730 return NULL;
731
732 case BFD_RELOC_NONE: r = R_PPC_NONE; break;
733 case BFD_RELOC_32: r = R_PPC_ADDR32; break;
734 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26: r = R_PPC_ADDR24; break;
735 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS:
736 case BFD_RELOC_16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16; break;
737 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS:
738 case BFD_RELOC_LO16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_LO; break;
739 case BFD_RELOC_HI16: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_HI; break;
740 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S: r = R_PPC_ADDR16_HA; break;
741 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16: r = R_PPC_ADDR14; break;
742 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN: r = R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN; break;
743 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN: r = R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN; break;
744 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26: r = R_PPC_REL24; break;
745 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16: r = R_PPC_REL14; break;
746 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN: r = R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN; break;
747 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN: r = R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN; break;
748 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS:
749 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16; break;
750 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS:
751 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_LO; break;
752 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_HI; break;
753 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF: r = R_PPC_GOT16_HA; break;
754 case BFD_RELOC_24_PLT_PCREL: r = R_PPC_PLTREL24; break;
755 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY: r = R_PPC_COPY; break;
756 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT: r = R_PPC_GLOB_DAT; break;
757 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_LOCAL24PC: r = R_PPC_LOCAL24PC; break;
758 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL32; break;
759 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT32; break;
760 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL: r = R_PPC_PLTREL32; break;
761 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS:
762 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_LO; break;
763 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_HI; break;
764 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF: r = R_PPC_PLT16_HA; break;
765 case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16: r = R_PPC_SDAREL16; break;
766 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS:
767 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF; break;
768 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS:
769 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO; break;
770 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI; break;
771 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL: r = R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA; break;
772 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR: r = R_PPC_ADDR32; break;
773 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS:
774 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16: r = R_PPC_TOC16; break;
775 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS: r = R_PPC_TLS; break;
776 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD: r = R_PPC_TLSGD; break;
777 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD: r = R_PPC_TLSLD; break;
778 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD: r = R_PPC_DTPMOD32; break;
779 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS:
780 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16: r = R_PPC_TPREL16; break;
781 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS:
782 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO; break;
783 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_HI; break;
784 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA; break;
785 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL: r = R_PPC_TPREL32; break;
786 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS:
787 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16; break;
788 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS:
789 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO; break;
790 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI; break;
791 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA; break;
792 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL: r = R_PPC_DTPREL32; break;
793 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16; break;
794 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO; break;
795 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI; break;
796 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA; break;
797 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16; break;
798 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO; break;
799 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI; break;
800 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA; break;
801 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16; break;
802 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO; break;
803 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI; break;
804 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA; break;
805 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16; break;
806 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO; break;
807 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI; break;
808 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: r = R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA; break;
809 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR32: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32; break;
810 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16; break;
811 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO; break;
812 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI; break;
813 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA: r = R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA; break;
814 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDAI16: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16; break;
815 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16; break;
816 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL; break;
817 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA21: r = R_PPC_EMB_SDA21; break;
818 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_MRKREF: r = R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF; break;
819 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16; break;
820 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO; break;
821 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI; break;
822 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA; break;
823 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD: r = R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD; break;
824 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSDA: r = R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA; break;
825 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL8: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL8; break;
826 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL15: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL15; break;
827 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL24: r = R_PPC_VLE_REL24; break;
828 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_LO16A; break;
829 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_LO16D; break;
830 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_HI16A; break;
831 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_HI16D; break;
832 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16A: r = R_PPC_VLE_HA16A; break;
833 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16D: r = R_PPC_VLE_HA16D; break;
834 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21: r = R_PPC_VLE_SDA21; break;
835 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO: r = R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO; break;
836 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A:
837 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A;
838 break;
839 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D:
840 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D;
841 break;
842 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A:
843 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A;
844 break;
845 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D:
846 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D;
847 break;
848 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A:
849 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A;
850 break;
851 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D:
852 r = R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D;
853 break;
854 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16; break;
855 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_LO; break;
856 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_HI; break;
857 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL: r = R_PPC_REL16_HA; break;
858 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA: r = R_PPC_16DX_HA; break;
859 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA: r = R_PPC_REL16DX_HA; break;
860 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT: r = R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT; break;
861 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY: r = R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY; break;
862 }
863
864 return ppc_elf_howto_table[r];
865 };
866
867 static reloc_howto_type *
ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup(bfd * abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,const char * r_name)868 ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
869 const char *r_name)
870 {
871 unsigned int i;
872
873 for (i = 0;
874 i < sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw[0]);
875 i++)
876 if (ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].name != NULL
877 && strcasecmp (ppc_elf_howto_raw[i].name, r_name) == 0)
878 return &ppc_elf_howto_raw[i];
879
880 return NULL;
881 }
882
883 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */
884
885 static bool
ppc_elf_info_to_howto(bfd * abfd,arelent * cache_ptr,Elf_Internal_Rela * dst)886 ppc_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd,
887 arelent *cache_ptr,
888 Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
889 {
890 unsigned int r_type;
891
892 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
893 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
894 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
895
896 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
897 if (r_type >= R_PPC_max)
898 {
899 /* xgettext:c-format */
900 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
901 abfd, r_type);
902 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
903 return false;
904 }
905
906 cache_ptr->howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
907
908 /* Just because the above assert didn't trigger doesn't mean that
909 ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info) is necessarily a valid relocation. */
910 if (cache_ptr->howto == NULL)
911 {
912 /* xgettext:c-format */
913 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
914 abfd, r_type);
915 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
916
917 return false;
918 }
919
920 return true;
921 }
922
923 /* Handle the R_PPC_ADDR16_HA and R_PPC_REL16_HA relocs. */
924
925 static bfd_reloc_status_type
ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc(bfd * abfd,arelent * reloc_entry,asymbol * symbol,void * data,asection * input_section,bfd * output_bfd,char ** error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)926 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc (bfd *abfd,
927 arelent *reloc_entry,
928 asymbol *symbol,
929 void *data,
930 asection *input_section,
931 bfd *output_bfd,
932 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
933 {
934 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
935 long insn;
936 bfd_size_type octets;
937 bfd_vma value;
938
939 if (output_bfd != NULL)
940 {
941 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
942 return bfd_reloc_ok;
943 }
944
945 reloc_entry->addend += 0x8000;
946 r_type = reloc_entry->howto->type;
947 if (r_type != R_PPC_REL16DX_HA)
948 return bfd_reloc_continue;
949
950 value = 0;
951 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
952 value = symbol->value;
953 value += (reloc_entry->addend
954 + symbol->section->output_offset
955 + symbol->section->output_section->vma);
956 value -= (reloc_entry->address
957 + input_section->output_offset
958 + input_section->output_section->vma);
959 value >>= 16;
960
961 octets = reloc_entry->address * OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd, input_section);
962 if (!bfd_reloc_offset_in_range (reloc_entry->howto, abfd,
963 input_section, octets))
964 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
965
966 insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) data + octets);
967 insn &= ~0x1fffc1;
968 insn |= (value & 0xffc1) | ((value & 0x3e) << 15);
969 bfd_put_32 (abfd, insn, (bfd_byte *) data + octets);
970 return bfd_reloc_ok;
971 }
972
973 static bfd_reloc_status_type
ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc(bfd * abfd,arelent * reloc_entry,asymbol * symbol,void * data,asection * input_section,bfd * output_bfd,char ** error_message)974 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd *abfd,
975 arelent *reloc_entry,
976 asymbol *symbol,
977 void *data,
978 asection *input_section,
979 bfd *output_bfd,
980 char **error_message)
981 {
982 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
983 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
984 link time. */
985 if (output_bfd != NULL)
986 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
987 input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
988
989 if (error_message != NULL)
990 *error_message = bfd_asprintf (_("generic linker can't handle %s"),
991 reloc_entry->howto->name);
992 return bfd_reloc_dangerous;
993 }
994
995 /* Sections created by the linker. */
996
997 typedef struct elf_linker_section
998 {
999 /* Pointer to the bfd section. */
1000 asection *section;
1001 /* Section name. */
1002 const char *name;
1003 /* Associated bss section name. */
1004 const char *bss_name;
1005 /* Associated symbol name. */
1006 const char *sym_name;
1007 /* Associated symbol. */
1008 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym;
1009 } elf_linker_section_t;
1010
1011 /* Linked list of allocated pointer entries. This hangs off of the
1012 symbol lists, and provides allows us to return different pointers,
1013 based on different addend's. */
1014
1015 typedef struct elf_linker_section_pointers
1016 {
1017 /* next allocated pointer for this symbol */
1018 struct elf_linker_section_pointers *next;
1019 /* offset of pointer from beginning of section */
1020 bfd_vma offset;
1021 /* addend used */
1022 bfd_vma addend;
1023 /* which linker section this is */
1024 elf_linker_section_t *lsect;
1025 } elf_linker_section_pointers_t;
1026
1027 struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
1028 {
1029 struct elf_obj_tdata elf;
1030
1031 /* A mapping from local symbols to offsets into the various linker
1032 sections added. This is index by the symbol index. */
1033 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **linker_section_pointers;
1034
1035 /* Flags used to auto-detect plt type. */
1036 unsigned int makes_plt_call : 1;
1037 unsigned int has_rel16 : 1;
1038 };
1039
1040 #define ppc_elf_tdata(bfd) \
1041 ((struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
1042
1043 #define elf_local_ptr_offsets(bfd) \
1044 (ppc_elf_tdata (bfd)->linker_section_pointers)
1045
1046 #define is_ppc_elf(bfd) \
1047 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
1048 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC32_ELF_DATA)
1049
1050 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */
1051
1052 static bool
ppc_elf_mkobject(bfd * abfd)1053 ppc_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
1054 {
1055 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata),
1056 PPC32_ELF_DATA);
1057 }
1058
1059 /* When defaulting arch/mach, decode apuinfo to find a better match. */
1060
1061 bool
_bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch(bfd * abfd)1062 _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (bfd *abfd)
1063 {
1064 unsigned long mach = 0;
1065 asection *s;
1066 unsigned char *contents;
1067
1068 if (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 32
1069 && bfd_big_endian (abfd))
1070 {
1071
1072 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
1073 if ((elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0)
1074 break;
1075 if (s != NULL)
1076 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_vle;
1077 }
1078
1079 if (mach == 0)
1080 {
1081 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
1082 if (s != NULL
1083 && s->size >= 24
1084 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0
1085 && bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &contents))
1086 {
1087 unsigned int apuinfo_size = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + 4);
1088 unsigned int i;
1089
1090 for (i = 20; i < apuinfo_size + 20 && i + 4 <= s->size; i += 4)
1091 {
1092 unsigned int val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + i);
1093 switch (val >> 16)
1094 {
1095 case PPC_APUINFO_PMR:
1096 case PPC_APUINFO_RFMCI:
1097 if (mach == 0)
1098 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_titan;
1099 break;
1100
1101 case PPC_APUINFO_ISEL:
1102 case PPC_APUINFO_CACHELCK:
1103 if (mach == bfd_mach_ppc_titan)
1104 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_e500mc;
1105 break;
1106
1107 case PPC_APUINFO_SPE:
1108 case PPC_APUINFO_EFS:
1109 case PPC_APUINFO_BRLOCK:
1110 if (mach != bfd_mach_ppc_vle)
1111 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_e500;
1112 break;
1113
1114 case PPC_APUINFO_VLE:
1115 mach = bfd_mach_ppc_vle;
1116 break;
1117
1118 default:
1119 mach = -1ul;
1120 }
1121 }
1122 free (contents);
1123 }
1124 }
1125
1126 if (mach != 0 && mach != -1ul)
1127 {
1128 const bfd_arch_info_type *arch;
1129
1130 for (arch = abfd->arch_info->next; arch; arch = arch->next)
1131 if (arch->mach == mach)
1132 {
1133 abfd->arch_info = arch;
1134 break;
1135 }
1136 }
1137 return true;
1138 }
1139
1140 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 32 bit input bfd when the
1141 default is 64 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */
1142
1143 static bool
ppc_elf_object_p(bfd * abfd)1144 ppc_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
1145 {
1146 if (!abfd->arch_info->the_default)
1147 return true;
1148
1149 if (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 64)
1150 {
1151 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
1152
1153 if (i_ehdr->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS32)
1154 {
1155 /* Relies on arch after 64 bit default being 32 bit default. */
1156 abfd->arch_info = abfd->arch_info->next;
1157 BFD_ASSERT (abfd->arch_info->bits_per_word == 32);
1158 }
1159 }
1160 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd);
1161 }
1162
1163 /* Function to set whether a module needs the -mrelocatable bit set. */
1164
1165 static bool
ppc_elf_set_private_flags(bfd * abfd,flagword flags)1166 ppc_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
1167 {
1168 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd)
1169 || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
1170
1171 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
1172 elf_flags_init (abfd) = true;
1173 return true;
1174 }
1175
1176 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
1177
1178 static bool
ppc_elf_grok_prstatus(bfd * abfd,Elf_Internal_Note * note)1179 ppc_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
1180 {
1181 int offset;
1182 unsigned int size;
1183
1184 switch (note->descsz)
1185 {
1186 default:
1187 return false;
1188
1189 case 268: /* Linux/PPC. */
1190 /* pr_cursig */
1191 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
1192
1193 /* pr_pid */
1194 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
1195
1196 /* pr_reg */
1197 offset = 72;
1198 size = 192;
1199
1200 break;
1201 }
1202
1203 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
1204 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
1205 size, note->descpos + offset);
1206 }
1207
1208 static bool
ppc_elf_grok_psinfo(bfd * abfd,Elf_Internal_Note * note)1209 ppc_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
1210 {
1211 switch (note->descsz)
1212 {
1213 default:
1214 return false;
1215
1216 case 128: /* Linux/PPC elf_prpsinfo. */
1217 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid
1218 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 16);
1219 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
1220 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 32, 16);
1221 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
1222 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 48, 80);
1223 }
1224
1225 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
1226 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
1227 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
1228
1229 {
1230 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command;
1231 int n = strlen (command);
1232
1233 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
1234 command[n - 1] = '\0';
1235 }
1236
1237 return true;
1238 }
1239
1240 static char *
ppc_elf_write_core_note(bfd * abfd,char * buf,int * bufsiz,int note_type,...)1241 ppc_elf_write_core_note (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, int note_type, ...)
1242 {
1243 switch (note_type)
1244 {
1245 default:
1246 return NULL;
1247
1248 case NT_PRPSINFO:
1249 {
1250 char data[128] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING;
1251 va_list ap;
1252
1253 va_start (ap, note_type);
1254 memset (data, 0, sizeof (data));
1255 strncpy (data + 32, va_arg (ap, const char *), 16);
1256 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1257 DIAGNOSTIC_PUSH;
1258 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with
1259 -Wstringop-truncation:
1260 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643
1261 */
1262 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION;
1263 #endif
1264 strncpy (data + 48, va_arg (ap, const char *), 80);
1265 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1266 DIAGNOSTIC_POP;
1267 #endif
1268 va_end (ap);
1269 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
1270 "CORE", note_type, data, sizeof (data));
1271 }
1272
1273 case NT_PRSTATUS:
1274 {
1275 char data[268];
1276 va_list ap;
1277 long pid;
1278 int cursig;
1279 const void *greg;
1280
1281 va_start (ap, note_type);
1282 memset (data, 0, 72);
1283 pid = va_arg (ap, long);
1284 bfd_put_32 (abfd, pid, data + 24);
1285 cursig = va_arg (ap, int);
1286 bfd_put_16 (abfd, cursig, data + 12);
1287 greg = va_arg (ap, const void *);
1288 memcpy (data + 72, greg, 192);
1289 memset (data + 264, 0, 4);
1290 va_end (ap);
1291 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
1292 "CORE", note_type, data, sizeof (data));
1293 }
1294 }
1295 }
1296
1297 static flagword
ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags(char * flag_name)1298 ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags (char *flag_name)
1299 {
1300
1301 if (!strcmp (flag_name, "SHF_PPC_VLE"))
1302 return SHF_PPC_VLE;
1303
1304 return 0;
1305 }
1306
1307 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
1308 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
1309
1310 static bfd_vma
ppc_elf_plt_sym_val(bfd_vma i ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,const asection * plt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,const arelent * rel)1311 ppc_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1312 const asection *plt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1313 const arelent *rel)
1314 {
1315 return rel->address;
1316 }
1317
1318 /* Handle a PowerPC specific section when reading an object file. This
1319 is called when bfd_section_from_shdr finds a section with an unknown
1320 type. */
1321
1322 static bool
ppc_elf_section_from_shdr(bfd * abfd,Elf_Internal_Shdr * hdr,const char * name,int shindex)1323 ppc_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
1324 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
1325 const char *name,
1326 int shindex)
1327 {
1328 asection *newsect;
1329 flagword flags;
1330
1331 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1332 return false;
1333
1334 newsect = hdr->bfd_section;
1335 flags = 0;
1336 if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXCLUDE)
1337 flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1338
1339 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_ORDERED)
1340 flags |= SEC_SORT_ENTRIES;
1341
1342 if (startswith (name, ".PPC.EMB"))
1343 name += 8;
1344 if (startswith (name, ".sbss")
1345 || startswith (name, ".sdata"))
1346 flags |= SEC_SMALL_DATA;
1347
1348 return (flags == 0
1349 || bfd_set_section_flags (newsect, newsect->flags | flags));
1350 }
1351
1352 /* Set up any other section flags and such that may be necessary. */
1353
1354 static bool
ppc_elf_fake_sections(bfd * abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,Elf_Internal_Shdr * shdr,asection * asect)1355 ppc_elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1356 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr,
1357 asection *asect)
1358 {
1359 if ((asect->flags & SEC_SORT_ENTRIES) != 0)
1360 shdr->sh_type = SHT_ORDERED;
1361
1362 return true;
1363 }
1364
1365 /* If we have .sbss2 or .PPC.EMB.sbss0 output sections, we
1366 need to bump up the number of section headers. */
1367
1368 static int
ppc_elf_additional_program_headers(bfd * abfd,struct bfd_link_info * info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)1369 ppc_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd,
1370 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1371 {
1372 asection *s;
1373 int ret = 0;
1374
1375 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".sbss2");
1376 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1377 ++ret;
1378
1379 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0");
1380 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1381 ++ret;
1382
1383 return ret;
1384 }
1385
1386 /* Modify the segment map for VLE executables. */
1387
1388 bool
ppc_elf_modify_segment_map(bfd * abfd,struct bfd_link_info * info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)1389 ppc_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
1390 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1391 {
1392 struct elf_segment_map *m;
1393
1394 /* At this point in the link, output sections have already been sorted by
1395 LMA and assigned to segments. All that is left to do is to ensure
1396 there is no mixing of VLE & non-VLE sections in a text segment.
1397 If we find that case, we split the segment.
1398 We maintain the original output section order. */
1399
1400 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
1401 {
1402 struct elf_segment_map *n;
1403 size_t amt;
1404 unsigned int j, k;
1405 unsigned int p_flags;
1406
1407 if (m->p_type != PT_LOAD || m->count == 0)
1408 continue;
1409
1410 for (p_flags = PF_R, j = 0; j != m->count; ++j)
1411 {
1412 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
1413 p_flags |= PF_W;
1414 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
1415 {
1416 p_flags |= PF_X;
1417 if ((elf_section_flags (m->sections[j]) & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0)
1418 p_flags |= PF_PPC_VLE;
1419 break;
1420 }
1421 }
1422 if (j != m->count)
1423 while (++j != m->count)
1424 {
1425 unsigned int p_flags1 = PF_R;
1426
1427 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
1428 p_flags1 |= PF_W;
1429 if ((m->sections[j]->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
1430 {
1431 p_flags1 |= PF_X;
1432 if ((elf_section_flags (m->sections[j]) & SHF_PPC_VLE) != 0)
1433 p_flags1 |= PF_PPC_VLE;
1434 if (((p_flags1 ^ p_flags) & PF_PPC_VLE) != 0)
1435 break;
1436 }
1437 p_flags |= p_flags1;
1438 }
1439 /* If we're splitting a segment which originally contained rw
1440 sections then those sections might now only be in one of the
1441 two parts. So always set p_flags if splitting, even if we
1442 are being called for objcopy with p_flags_valid set. */
1443 if (j != m->count || !m->p_flags_valid)
1444 {
1445 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
1446 m->p_flags = p_flags;
1447 }
1448 if (j == m->count)
1449 continue;
1450
1451 /* Sections 0..j-1 stay in this (current) segment,
1452 the remainder are put in a new segment.
1453 The scan resumes with the new segment. */
1454
1455 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
1456 amt += (m->count - j - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
1457 n = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
1458 if (n == NULL)
1459 return false;
1460
1461 n->p_type = PT_LOAD;
1462 n->count = m->count - j;
1463 for (k = 0; k < n->count; ++k)
1464 n->sections[k] = m->sections[j + k];
1465 m->count = j;
1466 m->p_size_valid = 0;
1467 n->next = m->next;
1468 m->next = n;
1469 }
1470
1471 return true;
1472 }
1473
1474 /* Add extra PPC sections -- Note, for now, make .sbss2 and
1475 .PPC.EMB.sbss0 a normal section, and not a bss section so
1476 that the linker doesn't crater when trying to make more than
1477 2 sections. */
1478
1479 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_elf_special_sections[] =
1480 {
1481 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
1482 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
1483 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
1484 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
1485 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
1486 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tags"), 0, SHT_ORDERED, SHF_ALLOC },
1487 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (APUINFO_SECTION_NAME), 0, SHT_NOTE, 0 },
1488 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sbss0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
1489 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sdata0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
1490 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1491 };
1492
1493 /* This is what we want for new plt/got. */
1494 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_alt_plt =
1495 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC };
1496
1497 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr(bfd * abfd,asection * sec)1498 ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
1499 {
1500 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect;
1501
1502 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
1503 if (sec->name == NULL)
1504 return NULL;
1505
1506 ssect = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, ppc_elf_special_sections,
1507 sec->use_rela_p);
1508 if (ssect != NULL)
1509 {
1510 if (ssect == ppc_elf_special_sections && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1511 ssect = &ppc_alt_plt;
1512 return ssect;
1513 }
1514
1515 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec);
1516 }
1517
1518 /* Very simple linked list structure for recording apuinfo values. */
1519 typedef struct apuinfo_list
1520 {
1521 struct apuinfo_list *next;
1522 unsigned long value;
1523 }
1524 apuinfo_list;
1525
1526 static apuinfo_list *head;
1527 static bool apuinfo_set;
1528
1529 static void
apuinfo_list_init(void)1530 apuinfo_list_init (void)
1531 {
1532 head = NULL;
1533 apuinfo_set = false;
1534 }
1535
1536 static void
apuinfo_list_add(unsigned long value)1537 apuinfo_list_add (unsigned long value)
1538 {
1539 apuinfo_list *entry = head;
1540
1541 while (entry != NULL)
1542 {
1543 if (entry->value == value)
1544 return;
1545 entry = entry->next;
1546 }
1547
1548 entry = bfd_malloc (sizeof (* entry));
1549 if (entry == NULL)
1550 return;
1551
1552 entry->value = value;
1553 entry->next = head;
1554 head = entry;
1555 }
1556
1557 static unsigned
apuinfo_list_length(void)1558 apuinfo_list_length (void)
1559 {
1560 apuinfo_list *entry;
1561 unsigned long count;
1562
1563 for (entry = head, count = 0;
1564 entry;
1565 entry = entry->next)
1566 ++ count;
1567
1568 return count;
1569 }
1570
1571 static inline unsigned long
apuinfo_list_element(unsigned long number)1572 apuinfo_list_element (unsigned long number)
1573 {
1574 apuinfo_list * entry;
1575
1576 for (entry = head;
1577 entry && number --;
1578 entry = entry->next)
1579 ;
1580
1581 return entry ? entry->value : 0;
1582 }
1583
1584 static void
apuinfo_list_finish(void)1585 apuinfo_list_finish (void)
1586 {
1587 apuinfo_list *entry;
1588
1589 for (entry = head; entry;)
1590 {
1591 apuinfo_list *next = entry->next;
1592 free (entry);
1593 entry = next;
1594 }
1595
1596 head = NULL;
1597 }
1598
1599 /* Scan the input BFDs and create a linked list of
1600 the APUinfo values that will need to be emitted. */
1601
1602 static void
ppc_elf_begin_write_processing(bfd * abfd,struct bfd_link_info * link_info)1603 ppc_elf_begin_write_processing (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
1604 {
1605 bfd *ibfd;
1606 asection *asec;
1607 char *buffer = NULL;
1608 bfd_size_type largest_input_size = 0;
1609 unsigned i;
1610 unsigned long length;
1611 const char *error_message = NULL;
1612
1613 if (link_info == NULL)
1614 return;
1615
1616 apuinfo_list_init ();
1617
1618 /* Read in the input sections contents. */
1619 for (ibfd = link_info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
1620 {
1621 unsigned long datum;
1622
1623 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
1624 if (asec == NULL)
1625 continue;
1626
1627 /* xgettext:c-format */
1628 error_message = _("corrupt %s section in %pB");
1629 length = asec->size;
1630 if (length < 20)
1631 goto fail;
1632
1633 apuinfo_set = true;
1634 if (largest_input_size < asec->size)
1635 {
1636 free (buffer);
1637 largest_input_size = asec->size;
1638 buffer = bfd_malloc (largest_input_size);
1639 if (!buffer)
1640 return;
1641 }
1642
1643 if (bfd_seek (ibfd, asec->filepos, SEEK_SET) != 0
1644 || (bfd_read (buffer, length, ibfd) != length))
1645 {
1646 /* xgettext:c-format */
1647 error_message = _("unable to read in %s section from %pB");
1648 goto fail;
1649 }
1650
1651 /* Verify the contents of the header. Note - we have to
1652 extract the values this way in order to allow for a
1653 host whose endian-ness is different from the target. */
1654 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer);
1655 if (datum != sizeof APUINFO_LABEL)
1656 goto fail;
1657
1658 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 8);
1659 if (datum != 0x2)
1660 goto fail;
1661
1662 if (strcmp (buffer + 12, APUINFO_LABEL) != 0)
1663 goto fail;
1664
1665 /* Get the number of bytes used for apuinfo entries. */
1666 datum = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 4);
1667 if (datum + 20 != length)
1668 goto fail;
1669
1670 /* Scan the apuinfo section, building a list of apuinfo numbers. */
1671 for (i = 0; i < datum; i += 4)
1672 apuinfo_list_add (bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buffer + 20 + i));
1673 }
1674
1675 error_message = NULL;
1676
1677 if (apuinfo_set)
1678 {
1679 /* Compute the size of the output section. */
1680 unsigned num_entries = apuinfo_list_length ();
1681
1682 /* Set the output section size, if it exists. */
1683 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
1684
1685 if (asec && !bfd_set_section_size (asec, 20 + num_entries * 4))
1686 {
1687 ibfd = abfd;
1688 /* xgettext:c-format */
1689 error_message = _("warning: unable to set size of %s section in %pB");
1690 }
1691 }
1692
1693 fail:
1694 free (buffer);
1695
1696 if (error_message)
1697 _bfd_error_handler (error_message, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME, ibfd);
1698 }
1699
1700 /* Prevent the output section from accumulating the input sections'
1701 contents. We have already stored this in our linked list structure. */
1702
1703 static bool
ppc_elf_write_section(bfd * abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,struct bfd_link_info * link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,asection * asec,bfd_byte * contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)1704 ppc_elf_write_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1705 struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1706 asection *asec,
1707 bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1708 {
1709 return apuinfo_set && strcmp (asec->name, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME) == 0;
1710 }
1711
1712 /* Finally we can generate the output section. */
1713
1714 static void
ppc_final_write_processing(bfd * abfd)1715 ppc_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd)
1716 {
1717 bfd_byte *buffer;
1718 asection *asec;
1719 unsigned i;
1720 unsigned num_entries;
1721 bfd_size_type length;
1722
1723 asec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME);
1724 if (asec == NULL)
1725 return;
1726
1727 if (!apuinfo_set)
1728 return;
1729
1730 length = asec->size;
1731 if (length < 20)
1732 return;
1733
1734 buffer = bfd_malloc (length);
1735 if (buffer == NULL)
1736 {
1737 _bfd_error_handler
1738 (_("failed to allocate space for new APUinfo section"));
1739 return;
1740 }
1741
1742 /* Create the apuinfo header. */
1743 num_entries = apuinfo_list_length ();
1744 bfd_put_32 (abfd, sizeof APUINFO_LABEL, buffer);
1745 bfd_put_32 (abfd, num_entries * 4, buffer + 4);
1746 bfd_put_32 (abfd, 0x2, buffer + 8);
1747 strcpy ((char *) buffer + 12, APUINFO_LABEL);
1748
1749 length = 20;
1750 for (i = 0; i < num_entries; i++)
1751 {
1752 bfd_put_32 (abfd, apuinfo_list_element (i), buffer + length);
1753 length += 4;
1754 }
1755
1756 if (length != asec->size)
1757 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to compute new APUinfo section"));
1758
1759 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, asec, buffer, (file_ptr) 0, length))
1760 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to install new APUinfo section"));
1761
1762 free (buffer);
1763
1764 apuinfo_list_finish ();
1765 }
1766
1767 static bool
ppc_elf_final_write_processing(bfd * abfd)1768 ppc_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd)
1769 {
1770 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd);
1771 return _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (abfd);
1772 }
1773
1774 static bool
is_nonpic_glink_stub(bfd * abfd,asection * glink,bfd_vma off)1775 is_nonpic_glink_stub (bfd *abfd, asection *glink, bfd_vma off)
1776 {
1777 bfd_byte buf[4 * 4];
1778
1779 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf, off, sizeof buf))
1780 return false;
1781
1782 return ((bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 0) & 0xffff0000) == LIS_11
1783 && (bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 4) & 0xffff0000) == LWZ_11_11
1784 && bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 8) == MTCTR_11
1785 && bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf + 12) == BCTR);
1786 }
1787
1788 static bool
section_covers_vma(bfd * abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,asection * section,void * ptr)1789 section_covers_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *section, void *ptr)
1790 {
1791 bfd_vma vma = *(bfd_vma *) ptr;
1792 return ((section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
1793 && section->vma <= vma
1794 && vma < section->vma + section->size);
1795 }
1796
1797 static long
ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab(bfd * abfd,long symcount,asymbol ** syms,long dynsymcount,asymbol ** dynsyms,asymbol ** ret)1798 ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd, long symcount, asymbol **syms,
1799 long dynsymcount, asymbol **dynsyms,
1800 asymbol **ret)
1801 {
1802 bool (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bool);
1803 asection *plt, *relplt, *dynamic, *glink;
1804 bfd_vma glink_vma = 0;
1805 bfd_vma resolv_vma = 0;
1806 bfd_vma stub_off;
1807 asymbol *s;
1808 arelent *p;
1809 size_t count, i, stub_delta;
1810 size_t size;
1811 char *names;
1812 bfd_byte buf[4];
1813
1814 *ret = NULL;
1815
1816 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0)
1817 return 0;
1818
1819 if (dynsymcount <= 0)
1820 return 0;
1821
1822 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.plt");
1823 if (relplt == NULL)
1824 return 0;
1825
1826 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
1827 if (plt == NULL)
1828 return 0;
1829
1830 /* Call common code to handle old-style executable PLTs. */
1831 if (elf_section_flags (plt) & SHF_EXECINSTR)
1832 return _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (abfd, symcount, syms,
1833 dynsymcount, dynsyms, ret);
1834
1835 /* If this object was prelinked, the prelinker stored the address
1836 of .glink at got[1]. If it wasn't prelinked, got[1] will be zero. */
1837 dynamic = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
1838 if (dynamic != NULL
1839 && (dynamic->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0)
1840 {
1841 bfd_byte *dynbuf, *extdyn, *extdynend;
1842 size_t extdynsize;
1843 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
1844
1845 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, dynamic, &dynbuf))
1846 return -1;
1847
1848 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
1849 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
1850
1851 for (extdyn = dynbuf, extdynend = dynbuf + dynamic->size;
1852 (size_t) (extdynend - extdyn) >= extdynsize;
1853 extdyn += extdynsize)
1854 {
1855 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
1856 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
1857
1858 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
1859 break;
1860
1861 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_PPC_GOT)
1862 {
1863 unsigned int g_o_t = dyn.d_un.d_val;
1864 asection *got = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got");
1865 if (got != NULL
1866 && bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, got, buf,
1867 g_o_t - got->vma + 4, 4))
1868 glink_vma = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf);
1869 break;
1870 }
1871 }
1872 free (dynbuf);
1873 }
1874
1875 /* Otherwise we read the first plt entry. */
1876 if (glink_vma == 0)
1877 {
1878 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, plt, buf, 0, 4))
1879 glink_vma = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf);
1880 }
1881
1882 if (glink_vma == 0)
1883 return 0;
1884
1885 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final
1886 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the
1887 glink stubs now reside. */
1888 glink = bfd_sections_find_if (abfd, section_covers_vma, &glink_vma);
1889 if (glink == NULL)
1890 return 0;
1891
1892 /* Determine glink PLT resolver by reading the relative branch
1893 from the first glink stub. */
1894 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf,
1895 glink_vma - glink->vma, 4))
1896 {
1897 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf);
1898
1899 /* The first glink stub may either branch to the resolver ... */
1900 insn ^= B;
1901 if ((insn & ~0x3fffffc) == 0)
1902 resolv_vma = glink_vma + (insn ^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000;
1903
1904 /* ... or fall through a bunch of NOPs. */
1905 else if ((insn ^ B ^ NOP) == 0)
1906 for (i = 4;
1907 bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, glink, buf,
1908 glink_vma - glink->vma + i, 4);
1909 i += 4)
1910 if (bfd_get_32 (abfd, buf) != NOP)
1911 {
1912 resolv_vma = glink_vma + i;
1913 break;
1914 }
1915 }
1916
1917 count = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (&elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr);
1918 /* If the stubs are those for -shared/-pie then we might have
1919 multiple stubs for each plt entry. If that is the case then
1920 there is no way to associate stubs with their plt entries short
1921 of figuring out the GOT pointer value used in the stub.
1922 The offsets tested here need to cover all possible values of
1923 GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE for other than __tls_get_addr_opt. */
1924 stub_off = glink_vma - glink->vma;
1925 for (stub_delta = 16; stub_delta <= 32; stub_delta += 8)
1926 if (is_nonpic_glink_stub (abfd, glink, stub_off - stub_delta))
1927 break;
1928 if (stub_delta > 32)
1929 return 0;
1930
1931 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
1932 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, true))
1933 return -1;
1934
1935 size = count * sizeof (asymbol);
1936 p = relplt->relocation;
1937 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p++)
1938 {
1939 size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt");
1940 if (p->addend != 0)
1941 size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
1942 }
1943
1944 size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof ("__glink");
1945
1946 if (resolv_vma)
1947 size += sizeof (asymbol) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
1948
1949 s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size);
1950 if (s == NULL)
1951 return -1;
1952
1953 stub_off = glink_vma - glink->vma;
1954 names = (char *) (s + count + 1 + (resolv_vma != 0));
1955 p = relplt->relocation + count - 1;
1956 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
1957 {
1958 size_t len;
1959
1960 stub_off -= stub_delta;
1961 if (strcmp ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0)
1962 stub_off -= 32;
1963 *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr;
1964 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
1965 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
1966 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
1967 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
1968 s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC;
1969 s->section = glink;
1970 s->value = stub_off;
1971 s->name = names;
1972 s->udata.p = NULL;
1973 len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
1974 memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
1975 names += len;
1976 if (p->addend != 0)
1977 {
1978 memcpy (names, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
1979 names += sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
1980 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd, names, p->addend);
1981 names += strlen (names);
1982 }
1983 memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
1984 names += sizeof ("@plt");
1985 ++s;
1986 --p;
1987 }
1988
1989 /* Add a symbol at the start of the glink branch table. */
1990 memset (s, 0, sizeof *s);
1991 s->the_bfd = abfd;
1992 s->flags = BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_SYNTHETIC;
1993 s->section = glink;
1994 s->value = glink_vma - glink->vma;
1995 s->name = names;
1996 memcpy (names, "__glink", sizeof ("__glink"));
1997 names += sizeof ("__glink");
1998 s++;
1999 count++;
2000
2001 if (resolv_vma)
2002 {
2003 /* Add a symbol for the glink PLT resolver. */
2004 memset (s, 0, sizeof *s);
2005 s->the_bfd = abfd;
2006 s->flags = BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_SYNTHETIC;
2007 s->section = glink;
2008 s->value = resolv_vma - glink->vma;
2009 s->name = names;
2010 memcpy (names, "__glink_PLTresolve", sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"));
2011 names += sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2012 s++;
2013 count++;
2014 }
2015
2016 return count;
2017 }
2018
2019 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while
2020 functions above are used generally. They appear in this file more
2021 or less in the order in which they are called. eg.
2022 ppc_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process,
2023 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions
2024 called. */
2025
2026 /* Track PLT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more
2027 than one glink entry per symbol when generating a pic binary. */
2028 struct plt_entry
2029 {
2030 struct plt_entry *next;
2031
2032 /* -fPIC uses multiple GOT sections, one per file, called ".got2".
2033 This field stores the offset into .got2 used to initialise the
2034 GOT pointer reg. It will always be at least 32768. (Current
2035 gcc always uses an offset of 32768, but ld -r will pack .got2
2036 sections together resulting in larger offsets). */
2037 bfd_vma addend;
2038
2039 /* The .got2 section. */
2040 asection *sec;
2041
2042 /* PLT refcount or offset. */
2043 union
2044 {
2045 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2046 bfd_vma offset;
2047 } plt;
2048
2049 /* .glink stub offset. */
2050 bfd_vma glink_offset;
2051 };
2052
2053 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this
2054 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared
2055 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */
2056
2057 static int
must_be_dyn_reloc(struct bfd_link_info * info,enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)2058 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2059 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
2060 {
2061 switch (r_type)
2062 {
2063 default:
2064 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load
2065 address isn't fixed. DTPREL32 is excluded because the
2066 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from
2067 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC_OPT_TLS is set. */
2068 return 1;
2069
2070 case R_PPC_REL24:
2071 case R_PPC_REL14:
2072 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
2073 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
2074 case R_PPC_REL32:
2075 return 0;
2076
2077 case R_PPC_TPREL32:
2078 case R_PPC_TPREL16:
2079 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
2080 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
2081 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
2082 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the
2083 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */
2084 return bfd_link_dll (info);
2085 }
2086 }
2087
2088 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
2089 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss
2090 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
2091 shared lib. */
2092 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
2093
2094 /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */
2095 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
2096 {
2097 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *next;
2098
2099 /* The input section of the reloc. */
2100 asection *sec;
2101
2102 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
2103 unsigned int count : 31;
2104
2105 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
2106 unsigned int ifunc : 1;
2107 };
2108
2109 /* PPC ELF linker hash entry. */
2110
2111 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
2112 {
2113 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf;
2114
2115 /* If this symbol is used in the linker created sections, the processor
2116 specific backend uses this field to map the field into the offset
2117 from the beginning of the section. */
2118 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_pointer;
2119
2120 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT.
2121 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are
2122 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any
2123 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when
2124 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not
2125 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also
2126 set TLS_GDIE when a GD reloc turns into an IE one.
2127 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */
2128 #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */
2129 #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */
2130 #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */
2131 #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */
2132 #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */
2133 #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */
2134 #define TLS_GDIE 64 /* GOT TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */
2135 unsigned char tls_mask;
2136
2137 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which
2138 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */
2139 #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
2140 #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */
2141 #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */
2142
2143 /* Nonzero if we have seen a small data relocation referring to this
2144 symbol. */
2145 unsigned char has_sda_refs : 1;
2146
2147 /* Flag use of given relocations. */
2148 unsigned char has_addr16_ha : 1;
2149 unsigned char has_addr16_lo : 1;
2150 };
2151
2152 #define ppc_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) (ent))
2153
2154 /* PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2155
2156 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
2157 {
2158 struct elf_link_hash_table elf;
2159
2160 /* Various options passed from the linker. */
2161 struct ppc_elf_params *params;
2162
2163 /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
2164 asection *glink;
2165 asection *dynsbss;
2166 asection *relsbss;
2167 elf_linker_section_t sdata[2];
2168 asection *sbss;
2169 asection *glink_eh_frame;
2170 asection *pltlocal;
2171 asection *relpltlocal;
2172
2173 /* The (unloaded but important) .rela.plt.unloaded on VxWorks. */
2174 asection *srelplt2;
2175
2176 /* Shortcut to __tls_get_addr. */
2177 struct elf_link_hash_entry *tls_get_addr;
2178
2179 /* The bfd that forced an old-style PLT. */
2180 bfd *old_bfd;
2181
2182 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. */
2183 union {
2184 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2185 bfd_vma offset;
2186 } tlsld_got;
2187
2188 /* Offset of branch table to PltResolve function in glink. */
2189 bfd_vma glink_pltresolve;
2190
2191 /* Size of reserved GOT entries. */
2192 unsigned int got_header_size;
2193 /* Non-zero if allocating the header left a gap. */
2194 unsigned int got_gap;
2195
2196 /* The type of PLT we have chosen to use. */
2197 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type;
2198
2199 /* Whether there exist local gnu indirect function resolvers,
2200 referenced by dynamic relocations. */
2201 unsigned int local_ifunc_resolver:1;
2202 unsigned int maybe_local_ifunc_resolver:1;
2203
2204 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */
2205 unsigned int do_tls_opt:1;
2206
2207 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */
2208 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt:1;
2209
2210 /* The size of PLT entries. */
2211 int plt_entry_size;
2212 /* The distance between adjacent PLT slots. */
2213 int plt_slot_size;
2214 /* The size of the first PLT entry. */
2215 int plt_initial_entry_size;
2216 };
2217
2218 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
2219 are used for ppc32. The flags are only valid for ppc32 elf objects. */
2220
2221 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */
2222 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0
2223
2224 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr lacking marker
2225 relocs. */
2226 #define nomark_tls_get_addr sec_flg1
2227
2228 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */
2229 #define has_pltcall sec_flg2
2230
2231 /* Get the PPC ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
2232
2233 #define ppc_elf_hash_table(p) \
2234 ((is_elf_hash_table ((p)->hash) \
2235 && elf_hash_table_id (elf_hash_table (p)) == PPC32_ELF_DATA) \
2236 ? (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *) (p)->hash : NULL)
2237
2238 /* Create an entry in a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2239
2240 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc(struct bfd_hash_entry * entry,struct bfd_hash_table * table,const char * string)2241 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
2242 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
2243 const char *string)
2244 {
2245 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2246 subclass. */
2247 if (entry == NULL)
2248 {
2249 entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table,
2250 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry));
2251 if (entry == NULL)
2252 return entry;
2253 }
2254
2255 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
2256 entry = _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
2257 if (entry != NULL)
2258 {
2259 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->linker_section_pointer = NULL;
2260 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->tls_mask = 0;
2261 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry)->has_sda_refs = 0;
2262 }
2263
2264 return entry;
2265 }
2266
2267 /* Create a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2268
2269 static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create(bfd * abfd)2270 ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
2271 {
2272 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *ret;
2273 static struct ppc_elf_params default_params
2274 = { PLT_OLD, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 12, 0, 0, 0 };
2275
2276 ret = bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table));
2277 if (ret == NULL)
2278 return NULL;
2279
2280 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->elf, abfd,
2281 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
2282 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry),
2283 PPC32_ELF_DATA))
2284 {
2285 free (ret);
2286 return NULL;
2287 }
2288
2289 ret->elf.init_plt_refcount.refcount = 0;
2290 ret->elf.init_plt_refcount.glist = NULL;
2291 ret->elf.init_plt_offset.offset = 0;
2292 ret->elf.init_plt_offset.glist = NULL;
2293
2294 ret->params = &default_params;
2295
2296 ret->sdata[0].name = ".sdata";
2297 ret->sdata[0].sym_name = "_SDA_BASE_";
2298 ret->sdata[0].bss_name = ".sbss";
2299
2300 ret->sdata[1].name = ".sdata2";
2301 ret->sdata[1].sym_name = "_SDA2_BASE_";
2302 ret->sdata[1].bss_name = ".sbss2";
2303
2304 ret->plt_entry_size = 12;
2305 ret->plt_slot_size = 8;
2306 ret->plt_initial_entry_size = 72;
2307
2308 return &ret->elf.root;
2309 }
2310
2311 /* Hook linker params into hash table. */
2312
2313 void
ppc_elf_link_params(struct bfd_link_info * info,struct ppc_elf_params * params)2314 ppc_elf_link_params (struct bfd_link_info *info, struct ppc_elf_params *params)
2315 {
2316 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2317
2318 if (htab)
2319 htab->params = params;
2320 params->pagesize_p2 = bfd_log2 (params->pagesize);
2321 }
2322
2323 /* Create .got and the related sections. */
2324
2325 static bool
ppc_elf_create_got(bfd * abfd,struct bfd_link_info * info)2326 ppc_elf_create_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2327 {
2328 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2329
2330 if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info))
2331 return false;
2332
2333 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2334 if (htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks)
2335 {
2336 /* The powerpc .got has a blrl instruction in it. Mark it
2337 executable. */
2338 flagword flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2339 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2340 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.sgot, flags))
2341 return false;
2342 }
2343
2344 return true;
2345 }
2346
2347 /* Create a special linker section, used for R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16 and
2348 R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16 pointers. These sections become part of .sdata
2349 and .sdata2. Create _SDA_BASE_ and _SDA2_BASE too. */
2350
2351 static bool
ppc_elf_create_linker_section(bfd * abfd,struct bfd_link_info * info,flagword flags,elf_linker_section_t * lsect)2352 ppc_elf_create_linker_section (bfd *abfd,
2353 struct bfd_link_info *info,
2354 flagword flags,
2355 elf_linker_section_t *lsect)
2356 {
2357 asection *s;
2358
2359 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2360 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2361
2362 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, lsect->name, flags);
2363 if (s == NULL)
2364 return false;
2365 lsect->section = s;
2366
2367 /* Define the sym on the first section of this name. */
2368 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, lsect->name);
2369
2370 lsect->sym = _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd, info, s, lsect->sym_name);
2371 if (lsect->sym == NULL)
2372 return false;
2373 lsect->sym->root.u.def.value = 0x8000;
2374 return true;
2375 }
2376
2377 static bool
ppc_elf_create_glink(bfd * abfd,struct bfd_link_info * info)2378 ppc_elf_create_glink (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2379 {
2380 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2381 asection *s;
2382 flagword flags;
2383 int p2align;
2384
2385 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_CODE | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2386 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2387 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".glink", flags);
2388 htab->glink = s;
2389 p2align = htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? 6 : 4;
2390 if (p2align < htab->params->plt_stub_align)
2391 p2align = htab->params->plt_stub_align;
2392 if (s == NULL
2393 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, p2align))
2394 return false;
2395
2396 if (!info->no_ld_generated_unwind_info)
2397 {
2398 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2399 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2400 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".eh_frame", flags);
2401 htab->glink_eh_frame = s;
2402 if (s == NULL
2403 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2))
2404 return false;
2405 }
2406
2407 flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
2408 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".iplt", flags);
2409 htab->elf.iplt = s;
2410 if (s == NULL
2411 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 4))
2412 return false;
2413
2414 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2415 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2416 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.iplt", flags);
2417 htab->elf.irelplt = s;
2418 if (s == NULL
2419 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2))
2420 return false;
2421
2422 /* Local plt entries. */
2423 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2424 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2425 htab->pltlocal = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".branch_lt",
2426 flags);
2427 if (htab->pltlocal == NULL
2428 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->pltlocal, 2))
2429 return false;
2430
2431 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
2432 {
2433 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
2434 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2435 htab->relpltlocal
2436 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.branch_lt", flags);
2437 if (htab->relpltlocal == NULL
2438 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->relpltlocal, 2))
2439 return false;
2440 }
2441
2442 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd, info, 0,
2443 &htab->sdata[0]))
2444 return false;
2445
2446 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd, info, SEC_READONLY,
2447 &htab->sdata[1]))
2448 return false;
2449
2450 return true;
2451 }
2452
2453 /* We have to create .dynsbss and .rela.sbss here so that they get mapped
2454 to output sections (just like _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections has
2455 to create .dynbss and .rela.bss). */
2456
2457 static bool
ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections(bfd * abfd,struct bfd_link_info * info)2458 ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2459 {
2460 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2461 asection *s;
2462 flagword flags;
2463
2464 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2465
2466 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL
2467 && !ppc_elf_create_got (abfd, info))
2468 return false;
2469
2470 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info))
2471 return false;
2472
2473 if (htab->glink == NULL
2474 && !ppc_elf_create_glink (abfd, info))
2475 return false;
2476
2477 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".dynsbss",
2478 SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2479 htab->dynsbss = s;
2480 if (s == NULL)
2481 return false;
2482
2483 if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
2484 {
2485 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2486 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2487 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rela.sbss", flags);
2488 htab->relsbss = s;
2489 if (s == NULL
2490 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s, 2))
2491 return false;
2492 }
2493
2494 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks
2495 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
2496 return false;
2497
2498 s = htab->elf.splt;
2499 flags = SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
2500 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS)
2501 /* The VxWorks PLT is a loaded section with contents. */
2502 flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY;
2503 return bfd_set_section_flags (s, flags);
2504 }
2505
2506 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
2507
2508 static void
ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol(struct bfd_link_info * info,struct elf_link_hash_entry * dir,struct elf_link_hash_entry * ind)2509 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2510 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
2511 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
2512 {
2513 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
2514
2515 edir = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir;
2516 eind = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind;
2517
2518 edir->tls_mask |= eind->tls_mask;
2519 edir->has_sda_refs |= eind->has_sda_refs;
2520
2521 if (edir->elf.versioned != versioned_hidden)
2522 edir->elf.ref_dynamic |= eind->elf.ref_dynamic;
2523 edir->elf.ref_regular |= eind->elf.ref_regular;
2524 edir->elf.ref_regular_nonweak |= eind->elf.ref_regular_nonweak;
2525 edir->elf.non_got_ref |= eind->elf.non_got_ref;
2526 edir->elf.needs_plt |= eind->elf.needs_plt;
2527 edir->elf.pointer_equality_needed |= eind->elf.pointer_equality_needed;
2528
2529 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, that's all. */
2530 if (eind->elf.root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
2531 return;
2532
2533 if (ind->dyn_relocs != NULL)
2534 {
2535 if (dir->dyn_relocs != NULL)
2536 {
2537 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
2538 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
2539
2540 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
2541 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
2542 for (pp = &ind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
2543 {
2544 struct elf_dyn_relocs *q;
2545
2546 for (q = dir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next)
2547 if (q->sec == p->sec)
2548 {
2549 q->pc_count += p->pc_count;
2550 q->count += p->count;
2551 *pp = p->next;
2552 break;
2553 }
2554 if (q == NULL)
2555 pp = &p->next;
2556 }
2557 *pp = dir->dyn_relocs;
2558 }
2559
2560 dir->dyn_relocs = ind->dyn_relocs;
2561 ind->dyn_relocs = NULL;
2562 }
2563
2564 /* Copy over the GOT refcount entries that we may have already seen to
2565 the symbol which just became indirect. */
2566 edir->elf.got.refcount += eind->elf.got.refcount;
2567 eind->elf.got.refcount = 0;
2568
2569 /* And plt entries. */
2570 if (eind->elf.plt.plist != NULL)
2571 {
2572 if (edir->elf.plt.plist != NULL)
2573 {
2574 struct plt_entry **entp;
2575 struct plt_entry *ent;
2576
2577 for (entp = &eind->elf.plt.plist; (ent = *entp) != NULL; )
2578 {
2579 struct plt_entry *dent;
2580
2581 for (dent = edir->elf.plt.plist; dent != NULL; dent = dent->next)
2582 if (dent->sec == ent->sec && dent->addend == ent->addend)
2583 {
2584 dent->plt.refcount += ent->plt.refcount;
2585 *entp = ent->next;
2586 break;
2587 }
2588 if (dent == NULL)
2589 entp = &ent->next;
2590 }
2591 *entp = edir->elf.plt.plist;
2592 }
2593
2594 edir->elf.plt.plist = eind->elf.plt.plist;
2595 eind->elf.plt.plist = NULL;
2596 }
2597
2598 if (eind->elf.dynindx != -1)
2599 {
2600 if (edir->elf.dynindx != -1)
2601 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
2602 edir->elf.dynstr_index);
2603 edir->elf.dynindx = eind->elf.dynindx;
2604 edir->elf.dynstr_index = eind->elf.dynstr_index;
2605 eind->elf.dynindx = -1;
2606 eind->elf.dynstr_index = 0;
2607 }
2608 }
2609
2610 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
2611 file. We use it to put .comm items in .sbss, and not .bss. */
2612
2613 static bool
ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook(bfd * abfd,struct bfd_link_info * info,Elf_Internal_Sym * sym,const char ** namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,flagword * flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,asection ** secp,bfd_vma * valp)2614 ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd,
2615 struct bfd_link_info *info,
2616 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
2617 const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2618 flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2619 asection **secp,
2620 bfd_vma *valp)
2621 {
2622 if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
2623 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info)
2624 && is_ppc_elf (info->output_bfd)
2625 && sym->st_size <= elf_gp_size (abfd))
2626 {
2627 /* Common symbols less than or equal to -G nn bytes are automatically
2628 put into .sbss. */
2629 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2630
2631 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2632 if (htab->sbss == NULL)
2633 {
2634 flagword flags = SEC_IS_COMMON | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
2635
2636 if (!htab->elf.dynobj)
2637 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
2638
2639 htab->sbss = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab->elf.dynobj,
2640 ".sbss",
2641 flags);
2642 if (htab->sbss == NULL)
2643 return false;
2644 }
2645
2646 *secp = htab->sbss;
2647 *valp = sym->st_size;
2648 }
2649
2650 return true;
2651 }
2652
2653 /* Find a linker generated pointer with a given addend and type. */
2654
2655 static elf_linker_section_pointers_t *
elf_find_pointer_linker_section(elf_linker_section_pointers_t * linker_pointers,bfd_vma addend,elf_linker_section_t * lsect)2656 elf_find_pointer_linker_section
2657 (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_pointers,
2658 bfd_vma addend,
2659 elf_linker_section_t *lsect)
2660 {
2661 for ( ; linker_pointers != NULL; linker_pointers = linker_pointers->next)
2662 if (lsect == linker_pointers->lsect && addend == linker_pointers->addend)
2663 return linker_pointers;
2664
2665 return NULL;
2666 }
2667
2668 /* Allocate a pointer to live in a linker created section. */
2669
2670 static bool
elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section(bfd * abfd,elf_linker_section_t * lsect,struct elf_link_hash_entry * h,const Elf_Internal_Rela * rel)2671 elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (bfd *abfd,
2672 elf_linker_section_t *lsect,
2673 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
2674 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
2675 {
2676 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **ptr_linker_section_ptr = NULL;
2677 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_ptr;
2678 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
2679 bfd_size_type amt;
2680
2681 BFD_ASSERT (lsect != NULL);
2682
2683 /* Is this a global symbol? */
2684 if (h != NULL)
2685 {
2686 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
2687
2688 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2689 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
2690 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (eh->linker_section_pointer,
2691 rel->r_addend,
2692 lsect))
2693 return true;
2694
2695 ptr_linker_section_ptr = &eh->linker_section_pointer;
2696 }
2697 else
2698 {
2699 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd));
2700
2701 /* Allocation of a pointer to a local symbol. */
2702 elf_linker_section_pointers_t **ptr = elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd);
2703
2704 /* Allocate a table to hold the local symbols if first time. */
2705 if (!ptr)
2706 {
2707 unsigned int num_symbols = elf_symtab_hdr (abfd).sh_info;
2708
2709 amt = num_symbols;
2710 amt *= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *);
2711 ptr = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
2712
2713 if (!ptr)
2714 return false;
2715
2716 elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd) = ptr;
2717 }
2718
2719 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2720 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (ptr[r_symndx],
2721 rel->r_addend,
2722 lsect))
2723 return true;
2724
2725 ptr_linker_section_ptr = &ptr[r_symndx];
2726 }
2727
2728 /* Allocate space for a pointer in the linker section, and allocate
2729 a new pointer record from internal memory. */
2730 BFD_ASSERT (ptr_linker_section_ptr != NULL);
2731 amt = sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t);
2732 linker_section_ptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2733
2734 if (!linker_section_ptr)
2735 return false;
2736
2737 linker_section_ptr->next = *ptr_linker_section_ptr;
2738 linker_section_ptr->addend = rel->r_addend;
2739 linker_section_ptr->lsect = lsect;
2740 *ptr_linker_section_ptr = linker_section_ptr;
2741
2742 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (lsect->section, 2))
2743 return false;
2744 linker_section_ptr->offset = lsect->section->size;
2745 lsect->section->size += 4;
2746
2747 #ifdef DEBUG
2748 fprintf (stderr,
2749 "Create pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld, section size = %ld\n",
2750 lsect->name, (long) linker_section_ptr->offset,
2751 (long) lsect->section->size);
2752 #endif
2753
2754 return true;
2755 }
2756
2757 static struct plt_entry **
update_local_sym_info(bfd * abfd,Elf_Internal_Shdr * symtab_hdr,unsigned long r_symndx,int tls_type)2758 update_local_sym_info (bfd *abfd,
2759 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
2760 unsigned long r_symndx,
2761 int tls_type)
2762 {
2763 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
2764 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
2765 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks;
2766
2767 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
2768 {
2769 bfd_size_type size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
2770
2771 size *= (sizeof (*local_got_refcounts)
2772 + sizeof (*local_plt)
2773 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks));
2774 local_got_refcounts = bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
2775 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
2776 return NULL;
2777 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
2778 }
2779
2780 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
2781 local_got_tls_masks = (unsigned char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
2782 local_got_tls_masks[r_symndx] |= tls_type & 0xff;
2783 if ((tls_type & NON_GOT) == 0)
2784 local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
2785 return local_plt + r_symndx;
2786 }
2787
2788 static bool
update_plt_info(bfd * abfd,struct plt_entry ** plist,asection * sec,bfd_vma addend)2789 update_plt_info (bfd *abfd, struct plt_entry **plist,
2790 asection *sec, bfd_vma addend)
2791 {
2792 struct plt_entry *ent;
2793
2794 if (addend < 32768)
2795 sec = NULL;
2796 for (ent = *plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
2797 if (ent->sec == sec && ent->addend == addend)
2798 break;
2799 if (ent == NULL)
2800 {
2801 size_t amt = sizeof (*ent);
2802 ent = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2803 if (ent == NULL)
2804 return false;
2805 ent->next = *plist;
2806 ent->sec = sec;
2807 ent->addend = addend;
2808 ent->plt.refcount = 0;
2809 *plist = ent;
2810 }
2811 ent->plt.refcount += 1;
2812 return true;
2813 }
2814
2815 static struct plt_entry *
find_plt_ent(struct plt_entry ** plist,asection * sec,bfd_vma addend)2816 find_plt_ent (struct plt_entry **plist, asection *sec, bfd_vma addend)
2817 {
2818 struct plt_entry *ent;
2819
2820 if (addend < 32768)
2821 sec = NULL;
2822 for (ent = *plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
2823 if (ent->sec == sec && ent->addend == addend)
2824 break;
2825 return ent;
2826 }
2827
2828 static bool
is_branch_reloc(enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)2829 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
2830 {
2831 return (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
2832 || r_type == R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
2833 || r_type == R_PPC_REL24
2834 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14
2835 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
2836 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
2837 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR24
2838 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14
2839 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
2840 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
2841 || r_type == R_PPC_VLE_REL24);
2842 }
2843
2844 /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */
2845
2846 static bool
is_plt_seq_reloc(enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)2847 is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
2848 {
2849 return (r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA
2850 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2851 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2852 || r_type == R_PPC_PLTSEQ);
2853 }
2854
2855 /* Like bfd_reloc_offset_in_range but without a howto. Return true
2856 iff a field of SIZE bytes at OFFSET is within SEC limits. */
2857
2858 static bool
offset_in_range(asection * sec,bfd_vma offset,size_t size)2859 offset_in_range (asection *sec, bfd_vma offset, size_t size)
2860 {
2861 return offset <= sec->size && size <= sec->size - offset;
2862 }
2863
2864 static void
bad_shared_reloc(bfd * abfd,enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)2865 bad_shared_reloc (bfd *abfd, enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type)
2866 {
2867 _bfd_error_handler
2868 /* xgettext:c-format */
2869 (_("%pB: relocation %s cannot be used when making a shared object"),
2870 abfd,
2871 ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]->name);
2872 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2873 }
2874
2875 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
2876 allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage
2877 table. */
2878
2879 static bool
ppc_elf_check_relocs(bfd * abfd,struct bfd_link_info * info,asection * sec,const Elf_Internal_Rela * relocs)2880 ppc_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd,
2881 struct bfd_link_info *info,
2882 asection *sec,
2883 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
2884 {
2885 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
2886 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2887 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
2888 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
2889 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
2890 asection *got2, *sreloc;
2891 struct elf_link_hash_entry *tga;
2892
2893 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
2894 return true;
2895
2896 #ifdef DEBUG
2897 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_check_relocs called for section %pA in %pB",
2898 sec, abfd);
2899 #endif
2900
2901 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd));
2902
2903 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
2904 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
2905 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
2906
2907 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
2908 if (htab->glink == NULL)
2909 {
2910 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
2911 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
2912 if (!ppc_elf_create_glink (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
2913 return false;
2914 }
2915 tga = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr",
2916 false, false, true);
2917 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
2918 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
2919 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got2");
2920 sreloc = NULL;
2921
2922 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
2923 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
2924 {
2925 unsigned long r_symndx;
2926 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
2927 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2928 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
2929 int tls_type;
2930 struct plt_entry **ifunc;
2931 struct plt_entry **pltent;
2932 bfd_vma addend;
2933
2934 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
2935 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
2936 {
2937 h = NULL;
2938 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->elf.sym_cache, abfd, r_symndx);
2939 if (isym == NULL)
2940 return false;
2941 }
2942 else
2943 {
2944 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
2945 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
2946 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2947 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
2948 isym = NULL;
2949 }
2950
2951 /* If a relocation refers to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, create the .got.
2952 This shows up in particular in an R_PPC_ADDR32 in the eabi
2953 startup code. */
2954 if (h != NULL
2955 && htab->elf.sgot == NULL
2956 && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
2957 {
2958 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
2959 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
2960 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
2961 return false;
2962 BFD_ASSERT (h == htab->elf.hgot);
2963 }
2964
2965 tls_type = 0;
2966 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
2967 ifunc = NULL;
2968 if (h != NULL)
2969 {
2970 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
2971 {
2972 h->needs_plt = 1;
2973 ifunc = &h->plt.plist;
2974 }
2975 }
2976 else if (htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks)
2977 {
2978 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
2979 {
2980 /* Set PLT_IFUNC flag for this sym, no GOT entry yet. */
2981 ifunc = update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx,
2982 NON_GOT | PLT_IFUNC);
2983 if (ifunc == NULL)
2984 return false;
2985
2986 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols must have a PLT entry;
2987 In a non-pie executable even when there are
2988 no plt calls. */
2989 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)
2990 || is_branch_reloc (r_type)
2991 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2992 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2993 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA)
2994 {
2995 addend = 0;
2996 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
2997 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->makes_plt_call = 1;
2998 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
2999 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
3000 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
3001 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
3002 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA))
3003 addend = rel->r_addend;
3004 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, ifunc, got2, addend))
3005 return false;
3006 }
3007 }
3008 }
3009
3010 if (htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks
3011 && is_branch_reloc (r_type)
3012 && h != NULL
3013 && h == tga)
3014 {
3015 if (rel != relocs
3016 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_TLSGD
3017 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_TLSLD))
3018 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a marker
3019 reloc. */
3020 ;
3021 else
3022 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */
3023 sec->nomark_tls_get_addr = 1;
3024 }
3025
3026 switch (r_type)
3027 {
3028 case R_PPC_TLSGD:
3029 case R_PPC_TLSLD:
3030 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with
3031 its parameter symbol. */
3032 if (h != NULL)
3033 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK;
3034 else
3035 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx,
3036 NON_GOT | TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK))
3037 return false;
3038 break;
3039
3040 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ:
3041 break;
3042
3043 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
3044 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
3045 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
3046 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
3047 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD;
3048 goto dogottls;
3049
3050 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
3051 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
3052 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
3053 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
3054 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD;
3055 goto dogottls;
3056
3057 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
3058 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
3059 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
3060 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
3061 if (bfd_link_dll (info))
3062 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
3063 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
3064 goto dogottls;
3065
3066 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16:
3067 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO:
3068 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI:
3069 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
3070 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL;
3071 dogottls:
3072 sec->has_tls_reloc = 1;
3073 /* Fall through. */
3074
3075 /* GOT16 relocations */
3076 case R_PPC_GOT16:
3077 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO:
3078 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI:
3079 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA:
3080 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
3081 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
3082 {
3083 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
3084 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
3085 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab->elf.dynobj, info))
3086 return false;
3087 }
3088 if (h != NULL)
3089 {
3090 h->got.refcount += 1;
3091 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= tls_type;
3092 }
3093 else
3094 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
3095 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx, tls_type))
3096 return false;
3097
3098 /* We may also need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3099 an ifunc. */
3100 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3101 {
3102 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
3103 return false;
3104 }
3105 break;
3106
3107 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
3108 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16:
3109 htab->sdata[0].sym->ref_regular = 1;
3110 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd, &htab->sdata[0],
3111 h, rel))
3112 return false;
3113 if (h != NULL)
3114 {
3115 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = true;
3116 h->non_got_ref = true;
3117 }
3118 break;
3119
3120 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
3121 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16:
3122 if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
3123 {
3124 bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type);
3125 return false;
3126 }
3127 htab->sdata[1].sym->ref_regular = 1;
3128 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd, &htab->sdata[1],
3129 h, rel))
3130 return false;
3131 if (h != NULL)
3132 {
3133 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = true;
3134 h->non_got_ref = true;
3135 }
3136 break;
3137
3138 case R_PPC_SDAREL16:
3139 htab->sdata[0].sym->ref_regular = 1;
3140 /* Fall through. */
3141
3142 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A:
3143 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D:
3144 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A:
3145 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D:
3146 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A:
3147 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D:
3148 if (h != NULL)
3149 {
3150 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = true;
3151 h->non_got_ref = true;
3152 }
3153 break;
3154
3155 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8:
3156 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15:
3157 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24:
3158 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A:
3159 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D:
3160 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A:
3161 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D:
3162 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A:
3163 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D:
3164 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20:
3165 break;
3166
3167 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL:
3168 if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
3169 {
3170 bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type);
3171 return false;
3172 }
3173 htab->sdata[1].sym->ref_regular = 1;
3174 if (h != NULL)
3175 {
3176 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = true;
3177 h->non_got_ref = true;
3178 }
3179 break;
3180
3181 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO:
3182 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21:
3183 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21:
3184 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA:
3185 if (h != NULL)
3186 {
3187 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = true;
3188 h->non_got_ref = true;
3189 }
3190 break;
3191
3192 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32:
3193 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16:
3194 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO:
3195 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI:
3196 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA:
3197 if (h != NULL)
3198 h->non_got_ref = true;
3199 break;
3200
3201 case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
3202 if (h == NULL)
3203 break;
3204 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->makes_plt_call = 1;
3205 goto pltentry;
3206
3207 case R_PPC_PLTCALL:
3208 sec->has_pltcall = 1;
3209 /* Fall through. */
3210
3211 case R_PPC_PLT32:
3212 case R_PPC_PLTREL32:
3213 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO:
3214 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI:
3215 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
3216 pltentry:
3217 #ifdef DEBUG
3218 fprintf (stderr, "Reloc requires a PLT entry\n");
3219 #endif
3220 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */
3221 if (h == NULL)
3222 {
3223 pltent = update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx,
3224 NON_GOT | PLT_KEEP);
3225 if (pltent == NULL)
3226 return false;
3227 }
3228 else
3229 {
3230 if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
3231 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= PLT_KEEP;
3232 h->needs_plt = 1;
3233 pltent = &h->plt.plist;
3234 }
3235 addend = 0;
3236 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
3237 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
3238 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
3239 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
3240 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA))
3241 addend = rel->r_addend;
3242 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, pltent, got2, addend))
3243 return false;
3244 break;
3245
3246 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the
3247 relocation if linking a shared object since they are
3248 section relative. */
3249 case R_PPC_SECTOFF:
3250 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO:
3251 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI:
3252 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA:
3253 case R_PPC_DTPREL16:
3254 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO:
3255 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI:
3256 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA:
3257 case R_PPC_TOC16:
3258 break;
3259
3260 case R_PPC_REL16:
3261 case R_PPC_REL16_LO:
3262 case R_PPC_REL16_HI:
3263 case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
3264 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA:
3265 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->has_rel16 = 1;
3266 break;
3267
3268 /* These are just markers. */
3269 case R_PPC_TLS:
3270 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF:
3271 case R_PPC_NONE:
3272 case R_PPC_max:
3273 case R_PPC_RELAX:
3274 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT:
3275 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24:
3276 case R_PPC_16DX_HA:
3277 break;
3278
3279 /* These should only appear in dynamic objects. */
3280 case R_PPC_COPY:
3281 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT:
3282 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT:
3283 case R_PPC_RELATIVE:
3284 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE:
3285 break;
3286
3287 /* These aren't handled yet. We'll report an error later. */
3288 case R_PPC_ADDR30:
3289 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16:
3290 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO:
3291 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI:
3292 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA:
3293 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD:
3294 break;
3295
3296 /* This refers only to functions defined in the shared library. */
3297 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
3298 if (h != NULL && h == htab->elf.hgot && htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3299 {
3300 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3301 htab->old_bfd = abfd;
3302 }
3303 if (h != NULL
3304 && ifunc != NULL
3305 && !update_plt_info (abfd, ifunc, NULL, 0))
3306 return false;
3307 break;
3308
3309 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
3310 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
3311 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
3312 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
3313 return false;
3314 break;
3315
3316 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
3317 used. Record for later use during GC. */
3318 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY:
3319 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
3320 return false;
3321 break;
3322
3323 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
3324 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
3325 sec->has_tls_reloc = 1;
3326 /* Fall through. */
3327 /* We shouldn't really be seeing TPREL32. */
3328 case R_PPC_TPREL32:
3329 case R_PPC_TPREL16:
3330 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
3331 if (bfd_link_dll (info))
3332 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
3333 goto dodyn;
3334
3335 /* Nor these. */
3336 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32:
3337 case R_PPC_DTPREL32:
3338 goto dodyn;
3339
3340 case R_PPC_REL32:
3341 if (h == NULL
3342 && got2 != NULL
3343 && (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
3344 && bfd_link_pic (info)
3345 && htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3346 {
3347 /* Old -fPIC gcc code has .long LCTOC1-LCFx just before
3348 the start of a function, which assembles to a REL32
3349 reference to .got2. If we detect one of these, then
3350 force the old PLT layout because the linker cannot
3351 reliably deduce the GOT pointer value needed for
3352 PLT call stubs. */
3353 asection *s;
3354
3355 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
3356 if (s == got2)
3357 {
3358 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3359 htab->old_bfd = abfd;
3360 }
3361 }
3362 if (h == NULL || h == htab->elf.hgot)
3363 break;
3364 /* fall through */
3365
3366 case R_PPC_ADDR32:
3367 case R_PPC_ADDR16:
3368 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO:
3369 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI:
3370 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
3371 case R_PPC_UADDR32:
3372 case R_PPC_UADDR16:
3373 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3374 {
3375 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3376 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3377 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
3378 return false;
3379
3380 /* We may need a copy reloc too. */
3381 h->non_got_ref = 1;
3382 h->pointer_equality_needed = 1;
3383 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA)
3384 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha = 1;
3385 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_LO)
3386 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo = 1;
3387 }
3388 goto dodyn;
3389
3390 case R_PPC_REL24:
3391 case R_PPC_REL14:
3392 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
3393 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
3394 if (h == NULL)
3395 break;
3396 if (h == htab->elf.hgot)
3397 {
3398 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3399 {
3400 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3401 htab->old_bfd = abfd;
3402 }
3403 break;
3404 }
3405 /* fall through */
3406
3407 case R_PPC_ADDR24:
3408 case R_PPC_ADDR14:
3409 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
3410 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
3411 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
3412 {
3413 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3414 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3415 h->needs_plt = 1;
3416 if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0))
3417 return false;
3418 break;
3419 }
3420
3421 dodyn:
3422 /* Set up information for symbols that might need dynamic
3423 relocations. At this point in linking we have read all
3424 the input files and resolved most symbols, but have not
3425 yet decided whether symbols are dynamic or finalized
3426 symbol flags. In some cases we might be setting dynamic
3427 reloc info for symbols that do not end up needing such.
3428 That's OK, adjust_dynamic_symbol and allocate_dynrelocs
3429 work together with this code. */
3430 if ((h != NULL
3431 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
3432 || (bfd_link_pic (info)
3433 && (h != NULL
3434 ? !bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h->root)
3435 : isym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS)
3436 && must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type)))
3437 {
3438 #ifdef DEBUG
3439 fprintf (stderr,
3440 "ppc_elf_check_relocs needs to "
3441 "create relocation for %s\n",
3442 (h && h->root.root.string
3443 ? h->root.root.string : "<unknown>"));
3444 #endif
3445 if (sreloc == NULL)
3446 {
3447 if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL)
3448 htab->elf.dynobj = abfd;
3449
3450 sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
3451 (sec, htab->elf.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ true);
3452
3453 if (sreloc == NULL)
3454 return false;
3455 }
3456
3457 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
3458 relocations we need for this symbol. */
3459 if (h != NULL)
3460 {
3461 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
3462 struct elf_dyn_relocs **rel_head;
3463
3464 rel_head = &h->dyn_relocs;
3465 p = *rel_head;
3466 if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
3467 {
3468 p = bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof *p);
3469 if (p == NULL)
3470 return false;
3471 p->next = *rel_head;
3472 *rel_head = p;
3473 p->sec = sec;
3474 p->count = 0;
3475 p->pc_count = 0;
3476 }
3477 p->count += 1;
3478 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type))
3479 p->pc_count += 1;
3480 }
3481 else
3482 {
3483 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
3484 We really need local syms available to do this
3485 easily. Oh well. */
3486 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *p;
3487 struct ppc_dyn_relocs **rel_head;
3488 bool is_ifunc;
3489 asection *s;
3490 void *vpp;
3491
3492 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
3493 if (s == NULL)
3494 s = sec;
3495
3496 vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
3497 rel_head = (struct ppc_dyn_relocs **) vpp;
3498 is_ifunc = ifunc != NULL;
3499 p = *rel_head;
3500 if (p != NULL && p->sec == sec && p->ifunc != is_ifunc)
3501 p = p->next;
3502 if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec || p->ifunc != is_ifunc)
3503 {
3504 p = bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof *p);
3505 if (p == NULL)
3506 return false;
3507 p->next = *rel_head;
3508 *rel_head = p;
3509 p->sec = sec;
3510 p->ifunc = is_ifunc;
3511 p->count = 0;
3512 }
3513 p->count += 1;
3514 }
3515 }
3516
3517 break;
3518 }
3519 }
3520
3521 return true;
3522 }
3523
3524 /* Warn for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP attributes between IBFD
3525 and OBFD, and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3526 bool
_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes(bfd * ibfd,struct bfd_link_info * info)3527 _bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3528 {
3529 bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
3530 obj_attribute *in_attr, *in_attrs;
3531 obj_attribute *out_attr, *out_attrs;
3532 bool ret = true;
3533 bool warn_only;
3534
3535 /* We only warn about shared library mismatches, because common
3536 libraries advertise support for a particular long double variant
3537 but actually support more than one variant. For example, glibc
3538 typically supports 128-bit IBM long double in the shared library
3539 but has a compatibility static archive for 64-bit long double.
3540 The linker doesn't have the smarts to see that an app using
3541 object files marked as 64-bit long double call the compatibility
3542 layer objects and only from there call into the shared library. */
3543 warn_only = (ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0;
3544
3545 in_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
3546 out_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
3547
3548 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP];
3549 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP];
3550
3551 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i)
3552 {
3553 int in_fp = in_attr->i & 3;
3554 int out_fp = out_attr->i & 3;
3555 static bfd *last_fp, *last_ld;
3556
3557 if (in_fp == 0)
3558 ;
3559 else if (out_fp == 0)
3560 {
3561 if (!warn_only)
3562 {
3563 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3564 out_attr->i ^= in_fp;
3565 last_fp = ibfd;
3566 }
3567 }
3568 else if (out_fp != 2 && in_fp == 2)
3569 {
3570 _bfd_error_handler
3571 /* xgettext:c-format */
3572 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3573 last_fp, ibfd);
3574 ret = warn_only;
3575 }
3576 else if (out_fp == 2 && in_fp != 2)
3577 {
3578 _bfd_error_handler
3579 /* xgettext:c-format */
3580 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3581 ibfd, last_fp);
3582 ret = warn_only;
3583 }
3584 else if (out_fp == 1 && in_fp == 3)
3585 {
3586 _bfd_error_handler
3587 /* xgettext:c-format */
3588 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3589 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), last_fp, ibfd);
3590 ret = warn_only;
3591 }
3592 else if (out_fp == 3 && in_fp == 1)
3593 {
3594 _bfd_error_handler
3595 /* xgettext:c-format */
3596 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3597 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), ibfd, last_fp);
3598 ret = warn_only;
3599 }
3600
3601 in_fp = in_attr->i & 0xc;
3602 out_fp = out_attr->i & 0xc;
3603 if (in_fp == 0)
3604 ;
3605 else if (out_fp == 0)
3606 {
3607 if (!warn_only)
3608 {
3609 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3610 out_attr->i ^= in_fp;
3611 last_ld = ibfd;
3612 }
3613 }
3614 else if (out_fp != 2 * 4 && in_fp == 2 * 4)
3615 {
3616 _bfd_error_handler
3617 /* xgettext:c-format */
3618 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3619 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), ibfd, last_ld);
3620 ret = warn_only;
3621 }
3622 else if (in_fp != 2 * 4 && out_fp == 2 * 4)
3623 {
3624 _bfd_error_handler
3625 /* xgettext:c-format */
3626 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3627 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), last_ld, ibfd);
3628 ret = warn_only;
3629 }
3630 else if (out_fp == 1 * 4 && in_fp == 3 * 4)
3631 {
3632 _bfd_error_handler
3633 /* xgettext:c-format */
3634 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3635 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), last_ld, ibfd);
3636 ret = warn_only;
3637 }
3638 else if (out_fp == 3 * 4 && in_fp == 1 * 4)
3639 {
3640 _bfd_error_handler
3641 /* xgettext:c-format */
3642 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3643 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), ibfd, last_ld);
3644 ret = warn_only;
3645 }
3646 }
3647
3648 if (!ret)
3649 {
3650 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3651 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3652 }
3653 return ret;
3654 }
3655
3656 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Warn if
3657 there are conflicting attributes. */
3658 static bool
ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes(bfd * ibfd,struct bfd_link_info * info)3659 ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3660 {
3661 bfd *obfd;
3662 obj_attribute *in_attr, *in_attrs;
3663 obj_attribute *out_attr, *out_attrs;
3664 bool ret;
3665
3666 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd, info))
3667 return false;
3668
3669 obfd = info->output_bfd;
3670 in_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
3671 out_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
3672
3673 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector attributes and
3674 merge non-conflicting ones. */
3675 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector];
3676 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector];
3677 ret = true;
3678 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i)
3679 {
3680 int in_vec = in_attr->i & 3;
3681 int out_vec = out_attr->i & 3;
3682 static bfd *last_vec;
3683
3684 if (in_vec == 0)
3685 ;
3686 else if (out_vec == 0)
3687 {
3688 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3689 out_attr->i = in_vec;
3690 last_vec = ibfd;
3691 }
3692 /* For now, allow generic to transition to AltiVec or SPE
3693 without a warning. If GCC marked files with their stack
3694 alignment and used don't-care markings for files which are
3695 not affected by the vector ABI, we could warn about this
3696 case too. */
3697 else if (in_vec == 1)
3698 ;
3699 else if (out_vec == 1)
3700 {
3701 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3702 out_attr->i = in_vec;
3703 last_vec = ibfd;
3704 }
3705 else if (out_vec < in_vec)
3706 {
3707 _bfd_error_handler
3708 /* xgettext:c-format */
3709 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3710 last_vec, ibfd);
3711 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3712 ret = false;
3713 }
3714 else if (out_vec > in_vec)
3715 {
3716 _bfd_error_handler
3717 /* xgettext:c-format */
3718 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3719 ibfd, last_vec);
3720 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3721 ret = false;
3722 }
3723 }
3724
3725 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return attributes
3726 and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3727 in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return];
3728 out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return];
3729 if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i)
3730 {
3731 int in_struct = in_attr->i & 3;
3732 int out_struct = out_attr->i & 3;
3733 static bfd *last_struct;
3734
3735 if (in_struct == 0 || in_struct == 3)
3736 ;
3737 else if (out_struct == 0)
3738 {
3739 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL;
3740 out_attr->i = in_struct;
3741 last_struct = ibfd;
3742 }
3743 else if (out_struct < in_struct)
3744 {
3745 _bfd_error_handler
3746 /* xgettext:c-format */
3747 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3748 "%pB uses memory"), last_struct, ibfd);
3749 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3750 ret = false;
3751 }
3752 else if (out_struct > in_struct)
3753 {
3754 _bfd_error_handler
3755 /* xgettext:c-format */
3756 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3757 "%pB uses memory"), ibfd, last_struct);
3758 out_attr->type = ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL | ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR;
3759 ret = false;
3760 }
3761 }
3762 if (!ret)
3763 {
3764 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3765 return false;
3766 }
3767
3768 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
3769 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, info);
3770 }
3771
3772 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
3773 object file when linking. */
3774
3775 static bool
ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data(bfd * ibfd,struct bfd_link_info * info)3776 ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3777 {
3778 bfd *obfd = info->output_bfd;
3779 flagword old_flags;
3780 flagword new_flags;
3781 bool error;
3782
3783 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd) || !is_ppc_elf (obfd))
3784 return true;
3785
3786 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
3787 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, info))
3788 return false;
3789
3790 if (!ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd, info))
3791 return false;
3792
3793 if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
3794 return true;
3795
3796 new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
3797 old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
3798 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd))
3799 {
3800 /* First call, no flags set. */
3801 elf_flags_init (obfd) = true;
3802 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = new_flags;
3803 }
3804
3805 /* Compatible flags are ok. */
3806 else if (new_flags == old_flags)
3807 ;
3808
3809 /* Incompatible flags. */
3810 else
3811 {
3812 /* Warn about -mrelocatable mismatch. Allow -mrelocatable-lib
3813 to be linked with either. */
3814 error = false;
3815 if ((new_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE) != 0
3816 && (old_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) == 0)
3817 {
3818 error = true;
3819 _bfd_error_handler
3820 (_("%pB: compiled with -mrelocatable and linked with "
3821 "modules compiled normally"), ibfd);
3822 }
3823 else if ((new_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) == 0
3824 && (old_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE) != 0)
3825 {
3826 error = true;
3827 _bfd_error_handler
3828 (_("%pB: compiled normally and linked with "
3829 "modules compiled with -mrelocatable"), ibfd);
3830 }
3831
3832 /* The output is -mrelocatable-lib iff both the input files are. */
3833 if (! (new_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB))
3834 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB;
3835
3836 /* The output is -mrelocatable iff it can't be -mrelocatable-lib,
3837 but each input file is either -mrelocatable or -mrelocatable-lib. */
3838 if (! (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)
3839 && (new_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE))
3840 && (old_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE)))
3841 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE;
3842
3843 /* Do not warn about eabi vs. V.4 mismatch, just or in the bit if
3844 any module uses it. */
3845 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= (new_flags & EF_PPC_EMB);
3846
3847 new_flags &= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_EMB);
3848 old_flags &= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_EMB);
3849
3850 /* Warn about any other mismatches. */
3851 if (new_flags != old_flags)
3852 {
3853 error = true;
3854 _bfd_error_handler
3855 /* xgettext:c-format */
3856 (_("%pB: uses different e_flags (%#x) fields "
3857 "than previous modules (%#x)"),
3858 ibfd, new_flags, old_flags);
3859 }
3860
3861 if (error)
3862 {
3863 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3864 return false;
3865 }
3866 }
3867
3868 return true;
3869 }
3870
3871 static bfd_reloc_status_type
ppc_elf_vle_split16(bfd * input_bfd,asection * input_section,unsigned long offset,bfd_byte * loc,bfd_vma value,split16_format_type split16_format,bool fixup)3872 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (bfd *input_bfd,
3873 asection *input_section,
3874 unsigned long offset,
3875 bfd_byte *loc,
3876 bfd_vma value,
3877 split16_format_type split16_format,
3878 bool fixup)
3879 {
3880 unsigned int insn, opcode;
3881
3882 if (!offset_in_range (input_section, offset, 4))
3883 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
3884 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, loc);
3885 opcode = insn & E_OPCODE_MASK;
3886 if (opcode == E_OR2I_INSN
3887 || opcode == E_AND2I_DOT_INSN
3888 || opcode == E_OR2IS_INSN
3889 || opcode == E_LIS_INSN
3890 || opcode == E_AND2IS_DOT_INSN)
3891 {
3892 if (split16_format != split16a_type)
3893 {
3894 if (fixup)
3895 split16_format = split16a_type;
3896 else
3897 _bfd_error_handler
3898 /* xgettext:c-format */
3899 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16A style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3900 input_bfd, input_section, offset, opcode);
3901 }
3902 }
3903 else if (opcode == E_ADD2I_DOT_INSN
3904 || opcode == E_ADD2IS_INSN
3905 || opcode == E_CMP16I_INSN
3906 || opcode == E_MULL2I_INSN
3907 || opcode == E_CMPL16I_INSN
3908 || opcode == E_CMPH16I_INSN
3909 || opcode == E_CMPHL16I_INSN)
3910 {
3911 if (split16_format != split16d_type)
3912 {
3913 if (fixup)
3914 split16_format = split16d_type;
3915 else
3916 _bfd_error_handler
3917 /* xgettext:c-format */
3918 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16D style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3919 input_bfd, input_section, offset, opcode);
3920 }
3921 }
3922 if (split16_format == split16a_type)
3923 {
3924 insn &= ~((0xf800 << 5) | 0x7ff);
3925 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 5;
3926 if ((insn & E_LI_MASK) == E_LI_INSN)
3927 {
3928 /* Hack for e_li. Extend sign. */
3929 insn &= ~(0xf0000 >> 5);
3930 insn |= (-(value & 0x8000) & 0xf0000) >> 5;
3931 }
3932 }
3933 else
3934 {
3935 insn &= ~((0xf800 << 10) | 0x7ff);
3936 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 10;
3937 }
3938 insn |= value & 0x7ff;
3939 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, loc);
3940 return bfd_reloc_ok;
3941 }
3942
3943 static void
ppc_elf_vle_split20(bfd * output_bfd,bfd_byte * loc,bfd_vma value)3944 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_byte *loc, bfd_vma value)
3945 {
3946 unsigned int insn;
3947
3948 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc);
3949 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
3950 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
3951 insn |= (value & 0xf0000) >> 5;
3952 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
3953 insn |= (value & 0xf800) << 5;
3954 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
3955 insn |= value & 0x7ff;
3956 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn, loc);
3957 }
3958
3959
3960 /* Choose which PLT scheme to use, and set .plt flags appropriately.
3961 Returns -1 on error, 0 for old PLT, 1 for new PLT. */
3962 int
ppc_elf_select_plt_layout(bfd * output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,struct bfd_link_info * info)3963 ppc_elf_select_plt_layout (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3964 struct bfd_link_info *info)
3965 {
3966 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3967 flagword flags;
3968
3969 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
3970
3971 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
3972 {
3973 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3974
3975 if (htab->params->plt_style == PLT_OLD)
3976 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3977 else if (bfd_link_pic (info)
3978 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
3979 && (h = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "_mcount",
3980 false, false, true)) != NULL
3981 && (h->type == STT_FUNC
3982 || h->needs_plt)
3983 && h->ref_regular
3984 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
3985 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)))
3986 {
3987 /* Profiling of shared libs (and pies) is not supported with
3988 secure plt, because ppc32 does profiling before a
3989 function prologue and a secure plt pic call stubs needs
3990 r30 to be set up. */
3991 htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD;
3992 }
3993 else
3994 {
3995 bfd *ibfd;
3996 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type = htab->params->plt_style;
3997
3998 /* Look through the reloc flags left by ppc_elf_check_relocs.
3999 Use the old style bss plt if a file makes plt calls
4000 without using the new relocs, and if ld isn't given
4001 --secure-plt and we never see REL16 relocs. */
4002 if (plt_type == PLT_UNSET)
4003 plt_type = PLT_OLD;
4004 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
4005 if (is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
4006 {
4007 if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd)->has_rel16)
4008 plt_type = PLT_NEW;
4009 else if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd)->makes_plt_call)
4010 {
4011 plt_type = PLT_OLD;
4012 htab->old_bfd = ibfd;
4013 break;
4014 }
4015 }
4016 htab->plt_type = plt_type;
4017 }
4018 }
4019 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
4020 {
4021 if (!info->user_warn_rwx_segments)
4022 info->no_warn_rwx_segments = 1;
4023 if (htab->params->plt_style == PLT_NEW
4024 || (htab->params->plt_style != PLT_OLD
4025 && !info->no_warn_rwx_segments))
4026 {
4027 if (htab->old_bfd != NULL)
4028 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced due to %pB"), htab->old_bfd);
4029 else
4030 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced by profiling"));
4031 }
4032 }
4033
4034 BFD_ASSERT (htab->plt_type != PLT_VXWORKS);
4035
4036 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
4037 {
4038 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
4039 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
4040
4041 /* The new PLT is a loaded section. */
4042 if (htab->elf.splt != NULL
4043 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.splt, flags))
4044 return -1;
4045
4046 /* The new GOT is not executable. */
4047 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL
4048 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.sgot, flags))
4049 return -1;
4050 }
4051 else
4052 {
4053 /* Stop an unused .glink section from affecting .text alignment. */
4054 if (htab->glink != NULL
4055 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->glink, 0))
4056 return -1;
4057 }
4058 return htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW;
4059 }
4060
4061 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
4062 relocation. */
4063
4064 static asection *
ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook(asection * sec,struct bfd_link_info * info,Elf_Internal_Rela * rel,struct elf_link_hash_entry * h,Elf_Internal_Sym * sym)4065 ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
4066 struct bfd_link_info *info,
4067 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
4068 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
4069 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
4070 {
4071 if (h != NULL)
4072 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
4073 {
4074 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
4075 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY:
4076 return NULL;
4077 }
4078
4079 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
4080 }
4081
4082 static bool
get_sym_h(struct elf_link_hash_entry ** hp,Elf_Internal_Sym ** symp,asection ** symsecp,unsigned char ** tls_maskp,Elf_Internal_Sym ** locsymsp,unsigned long r_symndx,bfd * ibfd)4083 get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry **hp,
4084 Elf_Internal_Sym **symp,
4085 asection **symsecp,
4086 unsigned char **tls_maskp,
4087 Elf_Internal_Sym **locsymsp,
4088 unsigned long r_symndx,
4089 bfd *ibfd)
4090 {
4091 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4092
4093 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4094 {
4095 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
4096 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4097
4098 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4099 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4100 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4101 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4102
4103 if (hp != NULL)
4104 *hp = h;
4105
4106 if (symp != NULL)
4107 *symp = NULL;
4108
4109 if (symsecp != NULL)
4110 {
4111 asection *symsec = NULL;
4112 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4113 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4114 symsec = h->root.u.def.section;
4115 *symsecp = symsec;
4116 }
4117
4118 if (tls_maskp != NULL)
4119 *tls_maskp = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask;
4120 }
4121 else
4122 {
4123 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
4124 Elf_Internal_Sym *locsyms = *locsymsp;
4125
4126 if (locsyms == NULL)
4127 {
4128 locsyms = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
4129 if (locsyms == NULL)
4130 locsyms = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd, symtab_hdr,
4131 symtab_hdr->sh_info,
4132 0, NULL, NULL, NULL);
4133 if (locsyms == NULL)
4134 return false;
4135 *locsymsp = locsyms;
4136 }
4137 sym = locsyms + r_symndx;
4138
4139 if (hp != NULL)
4140 *hp = NULL;
4141
4142 if (symp != NULL)
4143 *symp = sym;
4144
4145 if (symsecp != NULL)
4146 *symsecp = bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd, sym->st_shndx);
4147
4148 if (tls_maskp != NULL)
4149 {
4150 bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
4151 unsigned char *tls_mask;
4152
4153 tls_mask = NULL;
4154 local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
4155 if (local_got != NULL)
4156 {
4157 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
4158 (local_got + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4159 unsigned char *lgot_masks = (unsigned char *)
4160 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4161 tls_mask = &lgot_masks[r_symndx];
4162 }
4163 *tls_maskp = tls_mask;
4164 }
4165 }
4166 return true;
4167 }
4168
4169 /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally
4170 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */
4171
4172 bool
ppc_elf_inline_plt(struct bfd_link_info * info)4173 ppc_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info *info)
4174 {
4175 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4176 bfd *ibfd;
4177 asection *sec;
4178 bfd_vma low_vma, high_vma, limit;
4179
4180 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4181 if (htab == NULL)
4182 return false;
4183
4184 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is
4185 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added
4186 between the call and its destination. */
4187 limit = 0x1e00000;
4188 low_vma = -1;
4189 high_vma = 0;
4190 for (sec = info->output_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
4191 if ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE)) == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_CODE))
4192 {
4193 if (low_vma > sec->vma)
4194 low_vma = sec->vma;
4195 if (high_vma < sec->vma + sec->size)
4196 high_vma = sec->vma + sec->size;
4197 }
4198
4199 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can
4200 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol
4201 is local. */
4202 if (high_vma - low_vma < limit)
4203 {
4204 htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt = 1;
4205 return true;
4206 }
4207
4208 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct
4209 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable
4210 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that
4211 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this
4212 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a
4213 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The
4214 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the
4215 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a
4216 particular R_PPC_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct
4217 call, for each of the R_PPC_PLTSEQ and R_PPC_PLT16* insns in
4218 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs
4219 together except their symbol. */
4220
4221 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
4222 {
4223 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
4224 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms;
4225
4226 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
4227 continue;
4228
4229 local_syms = NULL;
4230 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4231
4232 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
4233 if (sec->has_pltcall
4234 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section))
4235 {
4236 Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel, *relend;
4237
4238 /* Read the relocations. */
4239 relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
4240 info->keep_memory);
4241 if (relstart == NULL)
4242 return false;
4243
4244 relend = relstart + sec->reloc_count;
4245 for (rel = relstart; rel < relend; rel++)
4246 {
4247 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
4248 unsigned long r_symndx;
4249 asection *sym_sec;
4250 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4251 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
4252 unsigned char *tls_maskp;
4253
4254 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
4255 if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTCALL)
4256 continue;
4257
4258 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
4259 if (!get_sym_h (&h, &sym, &sym_sec, &tls_maskp, &local_syms,
4260 r_symndx, ibfd))
4261 {
4262 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4263 free (relstart);
4264 if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
4265 free (local_syms);
4266 return false;
4267 }
4268
4269 if (sym_sec != NULL && sym_sec->output_section != NULL)
4270 {
4271 bfd_vma from, to;
4272 if (h != NULL)
4273 to = h->root.u.def.value;
4274 else
4275 to = sym->st_value;
4276 to += (rel->r_addend
4277 + sym_sec->output_offset
4278 + sym_sec->output_section->vma);
4279 from = (rel->r_offset
4280 + sec->output_offset
4281 + sec->output_section->vma);
4282 if (to - from + limit < 2 * limit)
4283 *tls_maskp &= ~PLT_KEEP;
4284 }
4285 }
4286 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4287 free (relstart);
4288 }
4289
4290 if (local_syms != NULL
4291 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
4292 {
4293 if (!info->keep_memory)
4294 free (local_syms);
4295 else
4296 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms;
4297 }
4298 }
4299
4300 return true;
4301 }
4302
4303 /* Set plt output section type, htab->tls_get_addr, and call the
4304 generic ELF tls_setup function. */
4305
4306 asection *
ppc_elf_tls_setup(bfd * obfd,struct bfd_link_info * info)4307 ppc_elf_tls_setup (bfd *obfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
4308 {
4309 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4310
4311 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4312 htab->tls_get_addr = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr",
4313 false, false, true);
4314 if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW)
4315 htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt = true;
4316
4317 if (!htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt)
4318 {
4319 struct elf_link_hash_entry *opt, *tga;
4320 opt = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr_opt",
4321 false, false, true);
4322 if (opt != NULL
4323 && (opt->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4324 || opt->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
4325 {
4326 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub,
4327 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll
4328 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then
4329 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */
4330 tga = htab->tls_get_addr;
4331 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
4332 && tga != NULL
4333 && (tga->type == STT_FUNC
4334 || tga->needs_plt)
4335 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, tga)
4336 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, tga)))
4337 {
4338 struct plt_entry *ent;
4339 for (ent = tga->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
4340 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4341 break;
4342 if (ent != NULL)
4343 {
4344 tga->root.type = bfd_link_hash_indirect;
4345 tga->root.u.i.link = &opt->root;
4346 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info, opt, tga);
4347 opt->mark = 1;
4348 if (opt->dynindx != -1)
4349 {
4350 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */
4351 opt->dynindx = -1;
4352 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
4353 opt->dynstr_index);
4354 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, opt))
4355 return false;
4356 }
4357 htab->tls_get_addr = opt;
4358 }
4359 }
4360 }
4361 else
4362 htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt = true;
4363 }
4364 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
4365 && htab->elf.splt != NULL
4366 && htab->elf.splt->output_section != NULL)
4367 {
4368 elf_section_type (htab->elf.splt->output_section) = SHT_PROGBITS;
4369 elf_section_flags (htab->elf.splt->output_section) = SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE;
4370 }
4371
4372 return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (obfd, info);
4373 }
4374
4375 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching
4376 HASH. */
4377
4378 static bool
branch_reloc_hash_match(const bfd * ibfd,const Elf_Internal_Rela * rel,const struct elf_link_hash_entry * hash)4379 branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd *ibfd,
4380 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
4381 const struct elf_link_hash_entry *hash)
4382 {
4383 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4384 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
4385 unsigned int r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
4386
4387 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info && is_branch_reloc (r_type))
4388 {
4389 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
4390 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4391
4392 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4393 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4394 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4395 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4396 if (h == hash)
4397 return true;
4398 }
4399 return false;
4400 }
4401
4402 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization
4403 opportunities. */
4404
4405 bool
ppc_elf_tls_optimize(bfd * obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,struct bfd_link_info * info)4406 ppc_elf_tls_optimize (bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
4407 struct bfd_link_info *info)
4408 {
4409 bfd *ibfd;
4410 asection *sec;
4411 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4412 int pass;
4413
4414 if (!bfd_link_executable (info))
4415 return true;
4416
4417 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4418 if (htab == NULL)
4419 return false;
4420
4421 htab->do_tls_opt = 1;
4422
4423 /* Make two passes through the relocs. First time check that tls
4424 relocs involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed
4425 followed by such a call. If they are not, don't do any tls
4426 optimization. On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to
4427 notify relocate_section that optimization can be done, and
4428 adjust got and plt refcounts. */
4429 for (pass = 0; pass < 2; ++pass)
4430 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
4431 {
4432 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
4433 asection *got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, ".got2");
4434
4435 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
4436 if (sec->has_tls_reloc && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section))
4437 {
4438 Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel, *relend;
4439 int expecting_tls_get_addr = 0;
4440
4441 /* Read the relocations. */
4442 relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
4443 info->keep_memory);
4444 if (relstart == NULL)
4445 return false;
4446
4447 relend = relstart + sec->reloc_count;
4448 for (rel = relstart; rel < relend; rel++)
4449 {
4450 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
4451 unsigned long r_symndx;
4452 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
4453 unsigned char *tls_mask;
4454 unsigned char tls_set, tls_clear;
4455 bool is_local;
4456 bfd_signed_vma *got_count;
4457
4458 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
4459 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4460 {
4461 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
4462
4463 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
4464 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4465 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4466 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4467 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4468 }
4469
4470 is_local = SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h);
4471 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
4472 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4473 without marker relocs, then check that each
4474 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc
4475 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg
4476 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup
4477 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */
4478 if (pass == 0
4479 && sec->nomark_tls_get_addr
4480 && h != NULL
4481 && h == htab->tls_get_addr
4482 && !expecting_tls_get_addr
4483 && is_branch_reloc (r_type))
4484 {
4485 info->callbacks->minfo ("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, "
4486 "TLS optimization disabled\n",
4487 ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset);
4488 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4489 free (relstart);
4490 return true;
4491 }
4492
4493 expecting_tls_get_addr = 0;
4494 switch (r_type)
4495 {
4496 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
4497 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
4498 expecting_tls_get_addr = 1;
4499 /* Fall through. */
4500
4501 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
4502 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
4503 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol
4504 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if
4505 that turns out to be the case. */
4506 if (!is_local)
4507 continue;
4508
4509 /* LD -> LE */
4510 tls_set = 0;
4511 tls_clear = TLS_LD;
4512 break;
4513
4514 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
4515 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
4516 expecting_tls_get_addr = 1;
4517 /* Fall through. */
4518
4519 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
4520 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
4521 if (is_local)
4522 /* GD -> LE */
4523 tls_set = 0;
4524 else
4525 /* GD -> IE */
4526 tls_set = TLS_TLS | TLS_GDIE;
4527 tls_clear = TLS_GD;
4528 break;
4529
4530 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
4531 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
4532 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
4533 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
4534 if (is_local)
4535 {
4536 /* IE -> LE */
4537 tls_set = 0;
4538 tls_clear = TLS_TPREL;
4539 break;
4540 }
4541 else
4542 continue;
4543
4544 case R_PPC_TLSLD:
4545 if (!is_local)
4546 continue;
4547 /* Fall through. */
4548 case R_PPC_TLSGD:
4549 if (rel + 1 < relend
4550 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info)))
4551 {
4552 if (pass != 0
4553 && ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) != R_PPC_PLTSEQ)
4554 {
4555 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info);
4556 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel[1].r_info);
4557 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4558 {
4559 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
4560
4561 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd);
4562 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4563 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4564 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4565 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4566 if (h != NULL)
4567 {
4568 struct plt_entry *ent = NULL;
4569 bfd_vma addend = 0;
4570
4571 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4572 addend = rel->r_addend;
4573 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist,
4574 got2, addend);
4575 if (ent != NULL
4576 && ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4577 ent->plt.refcount -= 1;
4578 }
4579 }
4580 }
4581 continue;
4582 }
4583 expecting_tls_get_addr = 2;
4584 tls_set = 0;
4585 tls_clear = 0;
4586 break;
4587
4588 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
4589 if (pass == 0)
4590 {
4591 unsigned char buf[4];
4592 unsigned int insn;
4593 bfd_vma off = rel->r_offset & ~3;
4594 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd, sec, buf,
4595 off, 4))
4596 {
4597 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4598 free (relstart);
4599 return false;
4600 }
4601 insn = bfd_get_32 (ibfd, buf);
4602 /* addis rt,2,imm */
4603 if ((insn & ((0x3fu << 26) | 0x1f << 16))
4604 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)))
4605 {
4606 /* xgettext:c-format */
4607 info->callbacks->minfo
4608 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"),
4609 ibfd, sec, off, "R_PPC_TPREL16_HA", insn);
4610 htab->do_tls_opt = 0;
4611 }
4612 }
4613 continue;
4614
4615 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
4616 htab->do_tls_opt = 0;
4617 continue;
4618
4619 default:
4620 continue;
4621 }
4622
4623 if (pass == 0)
4624 {
4625 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr
4626 || !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr)
4627 continue;
4628
4629 if (rel + 1 < relend
4630 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd, rel + 1,
4631 htab->tls_get_addr))
4632 continue;
4633
4634 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We
4635 could just mark this symbol to exclude it
4636 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip
4637 the entire optimization. */
4638 info->callbacks->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, "
4639 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
4640 ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset);
4641 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4642 free (relstart);
4643 return true;
4644 }
4645
4646 if (h != NULL)
4647 {
4648 tls_mask = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask;
4649 got_count = &h->got.refcount;
4650 }
4651 else
4652 {
4653 bfd_signed_vma *lgot_refs;
4654 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
4655 unsigned char *lgot_masks;
4656
4657 lgot_refs = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
4658 if (lgot_refs == NULL)
4659 abort ();
4660 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
4661 (lgot_refs + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4662 lgot_masks = (unsigned char *)
4663 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
4664 tls_mask = &lgot_masks[r_symndx];
4665 got_count = &lgot_refs[r_symndx];
4666 }
4667
4668 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4669 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't
4670 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a
4671 marker for this symbol, then we either have a
4672 broken object file or an -mlongcall style
4673 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker.
4674 Disable optimization in this case. */
4675 if ((tls_clear & (TLS_GD | TLS_LD)) != 0
4676 && !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr
4677 && ((*tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK))
4678 != (TLS_TLS | TLS_MARK)))
4679 continue;
4680
4681 if (expecting_tls_get_addr == 1 + !sec->nomark_tls_get_addr)
4682 {
4683 struct plt_entry *ent;
4684 bfd_vma addend = 0;
4685
4686 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
4687 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_PPC_PLTREL24
4688 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_PPC_PLTCALL))
4689 addend = rel[1].r_addend;
4690 ent = find_plt_ent (&htab->tls_get_addr->plt.plist,
4691 got2, addend);
4692 if (ent != NULL && ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4693 ent->plt.refcount -= 1;
4694 }
4695 if (tls_clear == 0)
4696 continue;
4697
4698 if (tls_set == 0)
4699 {
4700 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */
4701 if (*got_count > 0)
4702 *got_count -= 1;
4703 }
4704
4705 *tls_mask |= tls_set;
4706 *tls_mask &= ~tls_clear;
4707 }
4708
4709 if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart)
4710 free (relstart);
4711 }
4712 }
4713 return true;
4714 }
4715
4716 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak
4717 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after
4718 size_dynamic_sections. */
4719
4720 static bool
alias_readonly_dynrelocs(struct elf_link_hash_entry * h)4721 alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4722 {
4723 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (h);
4724 do
4725 {
4726 if (_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (&eh->elf))
4727 return true;
4728 eh = ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh->elf.u.alias);
4729 } while (eh != NULL && &eh->elf != h);
4730
4731 return false;
4732 }
4733
4734 /* Return whether H has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */
4735
4736 static bool
pc_dynrelocs(struct elf_link_hash_entry * h)4737 pc_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4738 {
4739 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
4740
4741 for (p = h->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
4742 if (p->pc_count != 0)
4743 return true;
4744 return false;
4745 }
4746
4747 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
4748 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
4749 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
4750 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
4751 understand. */
4752
4753 static bool
ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol(struct bfd_link_info * info,struct elf_link_hash_entry * h)4754 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
4755 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4756 {
4757 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4758 asection *s;
4759
4760 #ifdef DEBUG
4761 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol called for %s\n",
4762 h->root.root.string);
4763 #endif
4764
4765 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
4766 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4767 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL
4768 && (h->needs_plt
4769 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
4770 || h->is_weakalias
4771 || (h->def_dynamic
4772 && h->ref_regular
4773 && !h->def_regular)));
4774
4775 /* Deal with function syms. */
4776 if (h->type == STT_FUNC
4777 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
4778 || h->needs_plt)
4779 {
4780 bool local = (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4781 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h));
4782 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a
4783 function symbol is local. */
4784 if (!bfd_link_pic (info) && local)
4785 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
4786
4787 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that
4788 won't need a .plt entry. */
4789 struct plt_entry *ent;
4790 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
4791 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
4792 break;
4793 if (ent == NULL
4794 || (h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC
4795 && local
4796 && (htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt
4797 || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask
4798 & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) != PLT_KEEP)))
4799 {
4800 /* A PLT entry is not required/allowed when:
4801
4802 1. We are not using ld.so; because then the PLT entry
4803 can't be set up, so we can't use one. In this case,
4804 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol won't even be called.
4805
4806 2. GC has rendered the entry unused.
4807
4808 3. We know for certain that a call to this symbol
4809 will go to this object, or will remain undefined. */
4810 h->plt.plist = NULL;
4811 h->needs_plt = 0;
4812 h->pointer_equality_needed = 0;
4813 }
4814 else
4815 {
4816 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section
4817 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the
4818 executable on a plt call stub. A dynamic reloc can
4819 be used instead, giving better runtime performance.
4820 (Calls via that function pointer don't need to bounce
4821 through the plt call stub.) Similarly, use a dynamic
4822 reloc for a weak reference when possible, allowing the
4823 resolution of the symbol to be set at load time rather
4824 than link time. */
4825 if ((h->pointer_equality_needed
4826 || (h->non_got_ref
4827 && !h->ref_regular_nonweak
4828 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h)))
4829 && htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks
4830 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs
4831 && !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h))
4832 {
4833 h->pointer_equality_needed = 0;
4834 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol
4835 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
4836 if (!h->needs_plt && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC)
4837 h->plt.plist = NULL;
4838 }
4839 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
4840 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the
4841 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */
4842 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
4843 }
4844 h->protected_def = 0;
4845 /* Function symbols can't have copy relocs. */
4846 return true;
4847 }
4848 else
4849 h->plt.plist = NULL;
4850
4851 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
4852 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
4853 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
4854 if (h->is_weakalias)
4855 {
4856 struct elf_link_hash_entry *def = weakdef (h);
4857 BFD_ASSERT (def->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
4858 h->root.u.def.section = def->root.u.def.section;
4859 h->root.u.def.value = def->root.u.def.value;
4860 if (def->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynbss
4861 || def->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynrelro
4862 || def->root.u.def.section == htab->dynsbss)
4863 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
4864 return true;
4865 }
4866
4867 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
4868 is not a function. */
4869
4870 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
4871 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
4872 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
4873 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
4874 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4875 {
4876 h->protected_def = 0;
4877 return true;
4878 }
4879
4880 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
4881 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
4882 if (!h->non_got_ref)
4883 {
4884 h->protected_def = 0;
4885 return true;
4886 }
4887
4888 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in
4889 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected
4890 definition for the variable. Editing to PIC, or text relocations
4891 are preferable to an incorrect program. */
4892 if (h->protected_def)
4893 {
4894 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4895 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha
4896 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo
4897 && htab->params->pic_fixup == 0
4898 && info->disable_target_specific_optimizations <= 1)
4899 htab->params->pic_fixup = 1;
4900 return true;
4901 }
4902
4903 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */
4904 if (info->nocopyreloc)
4905 return true;
4906
4907 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
4908 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc.
4909 We can't do this if there are any small data relocations. This
4910 doesn't work on VxWorks, where we can not have dynamic
4911 relocations (other than copy and jump slot relocations) in an
4912 executable. */
4913 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4914 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs
4915 && htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks
4916 && !h->def_regular
4917 && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h))
4918 return true;
4919
4920 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
4921 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
4922 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
4923 object will contain position independent code, so all references
4924 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
4925 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
4926 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
4927 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
4928 same memory location for the variable.
4929
4930 Of course, if the symbol is referenced using SDAREL relocs, we
4931 must instead allocate it in .sbss. */
4932 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs)
4933 s = htab->dynsbss;
4934 else if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
4935 s = htab->elf.sdynrelro;
4936 else
4937 s = htab->elf.sdynbss;
4938 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
4939
4940 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0)
4941 {
4942 asection *srel;
4943
4944 /* We must generate a R_PPC_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic
4945 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object
4946 and into the runtime process image. */
4947 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs)
4948 srel = htab->relsbss;
4949 else if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
4950 srel = htab->elf.sreldynrelro;
4951 else
4952 srel = htab->elf.srelbss;
4953 BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
4954 srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4955 h->needs_copy = 1;
4956 }
4957
4958 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */
4959 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
4960 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s);
4961 }
4962
4963 /* Generate a symbol to mark plt call stubs. For non-PIC code the sym is
4964 xxxxxxxx.plt_call32.<callee> where xxxxxxxx is a hex number, usually 0,
4965 specifying the addend on the plt relocation. For -fpic code, the sym
4966 is xxxxxxxx.plt_pic32.<callee>, and for -fPIC
4967 xxxxxxxx.got2.plt_pic32.<callee>. */
4968
4969 static bool
add_stub_sym(struct plt_entry * ent,struct elf_link_hash_entry * h,struct bfd_link_info * info)4970 add_stub_sym (struct plt_entry *ent,
4971 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
4972 struct bfd_link_info *info)
4973 {
4974 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sh;
4975 size_t len1, len2, len3;
4976 char *name;
4977 const char *stub;
4978 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
4979
4980 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
4981 stub = ".plt_pic32.";
4982 else
4983 stub = ".plt_call32.";
4984
4985 len1 = strlen (h->root.root.string);
4986 len2 = strlen (stub);
4987 len3 = 0;
4988 if (ent->sec)
4989 len3 = strlen (ent->sec->name);
4990 name = bfd_malloc (len1 + len2 + len3 + 9);
4991 if (name == NULL)
4992 return false;
4993 sprintf (name, "%08x", (unsigned) ent->addend & 0xffffffff);
4994 if (ent->sec)
4995 memcpy (name + 8, ent->sec->name, len3);
4996 memcpy (name + 8 + len3, stub, len2);
4997 memcpy (name + 8 + len3 + len2, h->root.root.string, len1 + 1);
4998 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, name, true, false, false);
4999 if (sh == NULL)
5000 return false;
5001 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
5002 {
5003 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5004 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink;
5005 sh->root.u.def.value = ent->glink_offset;
5006 sh->ref_regular = 1;
5007 sh->def_regular = 1;
5008 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1;
5009 sh->forced_local = 1;
5010 sh->non_elf = 0;
5011 sh->root.linker_def = 1;
5012 }
5013 return true;
5014 }
5015
5016 /* Allocate NEED contiguous space in .got, and return the offset.
5017 Handles allocation of the got header when crossing 32k. */
5018
5019 static bfd_vma
allocate_got(struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table * htab,unsigned int need)5020 allocate_got (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab, unsigned int need)
5021 {
5022 bfd_vma where;
5023 unsigned int max_before_header;
5024
5025 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS)
5026 {
5027 where = htab->elf.sgot->size;
5028 htab->elf.sgot->size += need;
5029 }
5030 else
5031 {
5032 max_before_header = htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW ? 32768 : 32764;
5033 if (need <= htab->got_gap)
5034 {
5035 where = max_before_header - htab->got_gap;
5036 htab->got_gap -= need;
5037 }
5038 else
5039 {
5040 if (htab->elf.sgot->size + need > max_before_header
5041 && htab->elf.sgot->size <= max_before_header)
5042 {
5043 htab->got_gap = max_before_header - htab->elf.sgot->size;
5044 htab->elf.sgot->size = max_before_header + htab->got_header_size;
5045 }
5046 where = htab->elf.sgot->size;
5047 htab->elf.sgot->size += need;
5048 }
5049 }
5050 return where;
5051 }
5052
5053 /* Calculate size of GOT entries for symbol given its TLS_MASK.
5054 TLS_LD is excluded because those go in a special GOT slot. */
5055
5056 static inline unsigned int
got_entries_needed(int tls_mask)5057 got_entries_needed (int tls_mask)
5058 {
5059 unsigned int need;
5060 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) == 0)
5061 need = 4;
5062 else
5063 {
5064 need = 0;
5065 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GD) != 0)
5066 need += 8;
5067 if ((tls_mask & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE)) != 0)
5068 need += 4;
5069 if ((tls_mask & TLS_DTPREL) != 0)
5070 need += 4;
5071 }
5072 return need;
5073 }
5074
5075 /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */
5076
5077 static bool
ensure_undef_dynamic(struct bfd_link_info * info,struct elf_link_hash_entry * h)5078 ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5079 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
5080 {
5081 struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = elf_hash_table (info);
5082
5083 if (htab->dynamic_sections_created
5084 && ((info->dynamic_undefined_weak != 0
5085 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5086 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
5087 && h->dynindx == -1
5088 && !h->forced_local
5089 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT)
5090 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h);
5091 return true;
5092 }
5093
5094 /* Choose whether to use htab->iplt or htab->pltlocal rather than the
5095 usual htab->elf.splt section for a PLT entry. */
5096
5097 static inline
use_local_plt(struct bfd_link_info * info,struct elf_link_hash_entry * h)5098 bool use_local_plt (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5099 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
5100 {
5101 return (h == NULL
5102 || h->dynindx == -1
5103 || !elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created);
5104 }
5105
5106 /* Allocate space in associated reloc sections for dynamic relocs. */
5107
5108 static bool
allocate_dynrelocs(struct elf_link_hash_entry * h,void * inf)5109 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
5110 {
5111 struct bfd_link_info *info = inf;
5112 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
5113 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5114 struct elf_dyn_relocs *p;
5115
5116 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
5117 return true;
5118
5119 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
5120 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
5121 if (eh->elf.got.refcount > 0
5122 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
5123 && !eh->elf.def_regular
5124 && eh->elf.protected_def
5125 && eh->has_addr16_ha
5126 && eh->has_addr16_lo
5127 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0))
5128 {
5129 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5130 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, &eh->elf))
5131 return false;
5132
5133 unsigned int need = got_entries_needed (eh->tls_mask);
5134 unsigned int rel_need = need * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4;
5135 if ((eh->tls_mask & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
5136 {
5137 if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf))
5138 /* We'll just use htab->tlsld_got.offset. This should
5139 always be the case. It's a little odd if we have
5140 a local dynamic reloc against a non-local symbol. */
5141 htab->tlsld_got.refcount += 1;
5142 else
5143 {
5144 need += 8;
5145 rel_need += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5146 }
5147 }
5148 if (need == 0)
5149 eh->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5150 else
5151 {
5152 eh->elf.got.offset = allocate_got (htab, need);
5153 if (((bfd_link_pic (info)
5154 && !((eh->tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
5155 && bfd_link_executable (info)
5156 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf))
5157 && !bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h->root))
5158 || (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
5159 && eh->elf.dynindx != -1
5160 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &eh->elf)))
5161 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, &eh->elf))
5162 {
5163 asection *rsec;
5164
5165 rsec = htab->elf.srelgot;
5166 if (eh->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5167 rsec = htab->elf.irelplt;
5168 rsec->size += rel_need;
5169 }
5170 }
5171 }
5172 else
5173 eh->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5174
5175 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for
5176 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */
5177 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
5178 && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5179 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5180
5181 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */
5182 else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
5183 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
5184 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5185
5186 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
5187 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */
5188 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
5189 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5190
5191 if (h->dyn_relocs == NULL)
5192 ;
5193
5194 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
5195 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
5196 defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard
5197 space for relocs that have become local due to symbol visibility
5198 changes. */
5199 else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5200 {
5201 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call insn,
5202 or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that can be
5203 generated via assembly. We want calls to protected symbols to
5204 resolve directly to the function rather than going via the plt.
5205 If people want function pointer comparisons to work as expected
5206 then they should avoid writing weird assembly. */
5207 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
5208 {
5209 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
5210
5211 for (pp = &h->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
5212 {
5213 p->count -= p->pc_count;
5214 p->pc_count = 0;
5215 if (p->count == 0)
5216 *pp = p->next;
5217 else
5218 pp = &p->next;
5219 }
5220 }
5221
5222 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks)
5223 {
5224 struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp;
5225
5226 for (pp = &h->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
5227 {
5228 if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
5229 *pp = p->next;
5230 else
5231 pp = &p->next;
5232 }
5233 }
5234
5235 if (h->dyn_relocs != NULL)
5236 {
5237 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5238 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h))
5239 return false;
5240 }
5241 }
5242 else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS)
5243 {
5244 /* For the non-pic case, discard space for relocs against
5245 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
5246 dynamic. */
5247 if ((h->dynamic_adjusted
5248 || (h->ref_regular
5249 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5250 && (info->dynamic_undefined_weak > 0
5251 || !_bfd_elf_readonly_dynrelocs (h))))
5252 && !h->def_regular
5253 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h)
5254 && !(h->protected_def
5255 && eh->has_addr16_ha
5256 && eh->has_addr16_lo
5257 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0))
5258 {
5259 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5260 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h))
5261 return false;
5262
5263 if (h->dynindx == -1)
5264 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5265 }
5266 else
5267 h->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5268 }
5269
5270 /* Allocate space. */
5271 for (p = h->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
5272 if (!discarded_section (p->sec))
5273 {
5274 asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
5275 if (eh->elf.type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5276 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt;
5277 sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5278 }
5279
5280 /* Handle PLT relocs. Done last, after dynindx has settled.
5281 We might need a PLT entry when the symbol
5282 a) is dynamic, or
5283 b) is an ifunc, or
5284 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or
5285 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */
5286 if ((htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created && h->dynindx != -1)
5287 || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
5288 || (h->needs_plt && h->dynamic_adjusted)
5289 || (h->needs_plt
5290 && h->def_regular
5291 && !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
5292 && !htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5293 && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask
5294 & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) == PLT_KEEP))
5295 {
5296 struct plt_entry *ent;
5297 bool doneone = false;
5298 bfd_vma plt_offset = 0, glink_offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5299
5300 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
5301 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
5302 {
5303 asection *s;
5304 bool dyn;
5305
5306 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info, h))
5307 return false;
5308
5309 dyn = !use_local_plt (info, h);
5310 s = htab->elf.splt;
5311 if (!dyn)
5312 {
5313 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5314 s = htab->elf.iplt;
5315 else
5316 s = htab->pltlocal;
5317 }
5318
5319 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW || !dyn)
5320 {
5321 if (!doneone)
5322 {
5323 plt_offset = s->size;
5324 s->size += 4;
5325 }
5326 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset;
5327
5328 if (s == htab->pltlocal)
5329 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset;
5330 else
5331 {
5332 s = htab->glink;
5333 if (!doneone || bfd_link_pic (info))
5334 {
5335 glink_offset = s->size;
5336 s->size += GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, h);
5337 }
5338 if (!doneone
5339 && !bfd_link_pic (info)
5340 && h->def_dynamic
5341 && !h->def_regular)
5342 {
5343 h->root.u.def.section = s;
5344 h->root.u.def.value = glink_offset;
5345 }
5346 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset;
5347
5348 if (htab->params->emit_stub_syms
5349 && !add_stub_sym (ent, h, info))
5350 return false;
5351 }
5352 }
5353 else
5354 {
5355 if (!doneone)
5356 {
5357 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room
5358 for the special first entry. */
5359 if (s->size == 0)
5360 s->size += htab->plt_initial_entry_size;
5361
5362 /* The PowerPC PLT is actually composed of two
5363 parts, the first part is 2 words (for a load
5364 and a jump), and then there is a remaining
5365 word available at the end. */
5366 plt_offset = (htab->plt_initial_entry_size
5367 + (htab->plt_slot_size
5368 * ((s->size
5369 - htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
5370 / htab->plt_entry_size)));
5371
5372 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular
5373 file, and we are not generating a shared
5374 library, then set the symbol to this location
5375 in the .plt. This is to avoid text
5376 relocations, and is required to make
5377 function pointers compare as equal between
5378 the normal executable and the shared library. */
5379 if (! bfd_link_pic (info)
5380 && h->def_dynamic
5381 && !h->def_regular)
5382 {
5383 h->root.u.def.section = s;
5384 h->root.u.def.value = plt_offset;
5385 }
5386
5387 /* Make room for this entry. */
5388 s->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
5389 /* After the 8192nd entry, room for two entries
5390 is allocated. */
5391 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD
5392 && (s->size - htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
5393 / htab->plt_entry_size
5394 > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES)
5395 s->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
5396 }
5397 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset;
5398 }
5399
5400 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
5401 if (!doneone)
5402 {
5403 if (!dyn)
5404 {
5405 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
5406 {
5407 s = htab->elf.irelplt;
5408 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5409 }
5410 else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5411 {
5412 s = htab->relpltlocal;
5413 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5414 }
5415 }
5416 else
5417 {
5418 htab->elf.srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5419
5420 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS)
5421 {
5422 /* Allocate space for the unloaded relocations. */
5423 if (!bfd_link_pic (info)
5424 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5425 {
5426 if (ent->plt.offset
5427 == (bfd_vma) htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
5428 {
5429 htab->srelplt2->size
5430 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
5431 * VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS);
5432 }
5433
5434 htab->srelplt2->size
5435 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
5436 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS);
5437 }
5438
5439 /* Every PLT entry has an associated GOT entry in
5440 .got.plt. */
5441 htab->elf.sgotplt->size += 4;
5442 }
5443 }
5444 doneone = true;
5445 }
5446 }
5447 else
5448 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5449
5450 if (!doneone)
5451 {
5452 h->plt.plist = NULL;
5453 h->needs_plt = 0;
5454 }
5455 }
5456 else
5457 {
5458 h->plt.plist = NULL;
5459 h->needs_plt = 0;
5460 }
5461
5462 return true;
5463 }
5464
5465 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie[] =
5466 {
5467 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */
5468 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */
5469 1, /* CIE version. */
5470 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */
5471 4, /* Code alignment. */
5472 0x7c, /* Data alignment. */
5473 65, /* RA reg. */
5474 1, /* Augmentation size. */
5475 DW_EH_PE_pcrel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4, /* FDE encoding. */
5476 DW_CFA_def_cfa, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */
5477 };
5478
5479 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
5480
5481 static bool
ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections(bfd * output_bfd,struct bfd_link_info * info)5482 ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
5483 struct bfd_link_info *info)
5484 {
5485 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5486 asection *s;
5487 bool relocs;
5488 bfd *ibfd;
5489
5490 #ifdef DEBUG
5491 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections called\n");
5492 #endif
5493
5494 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
5495 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL);
5496
5497 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
5498 {
5499 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
5500 if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp)
5501 {
5502 s = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->elf.dynobj, ".interp");
5503 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
5504 s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
5505 s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
5506 }
5507 }
5508
5509 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
5510 htab->got_header_size = 16;
5511 else if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
5512 htab->got_header_size = 12;
5513
5514 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
5515 relocs. */
5516 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
5517 {
5518 bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
5519 bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
5520 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
5521 struct plt_entry **end_local_plt;
5522 char *lgot_masks;
5523 bfd_size_type locsymcount;
5524 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5525 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms;
5526 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
5527
5528 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
5529 continue;
5530
5531 for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5532 {
5533 struct ppc_dyn_relocs *p;
5534
5535 for (p = ((struct ppc_dyn_relocs *)
5536 elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel);
5537 p != NULL;
5538 p = p->next)
5539 {
5540 if (discarded_section (p->sec))
5541 {
5542 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
5543 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
5544 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
5545 the relocs too. */
5546 }
5547 else if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks
5548 && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name,
5549 ".tls_vars") == 0)
5550 {
5551 /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
5552 handled specially by the loader. */
5553 }
5554 else if (p->count != 0)
5555 {
5556 asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
5557 if (p->ifunc)
5558 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt;
5559 sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5560 if ((p->sec->output_section->flags
5561 & (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC))
5562 == (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC))
5563 {
5564 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5565 info->callbacks->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
5566 p->sec->owner, p->sec);
5567 }
5568 }
5569 }
5570 }
5571
5572 local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
5573 if (!local_got)
5574 continue;
5575
5576 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
5577 locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5578 end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
5579 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) end_local_got;
5580 end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount;
5581 lgot_masks = (char *) end_local_plt;
5582 local_syms = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
5583 if (local_syms == NULL && locsymcount != 0)
5584 {
5585 local_syms = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd, symtab_hdr, locsymcount,
5586 0, NULL, NULL, NULL);
5587 if (local_syms == NULL)
5588 return false;
5589 }
5590
5591 for (isym = local_syms;
5592 local_got < end_local_got;
5593 ++local_got, ++lgot_masks, ++isym)
5594 if (*local_got > 0)
5595 {
5596 unsigned int need;
5597 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
5598 htab->tlsld_got.refcount += 1;
5599 need = got_entries_needed (*lgot_masks);
5600 if (need == 0)
5601 *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
5602 else
5603 {
5604 *local_got = allocate_got (htab, need);
5605 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
5606 && !((*lgot_masks & TLS_TLS) != 0
5607 && bfd_link_executable (info))
5608 && isym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS)
5609 {
5610 asection *srel;
5611
5612 need *= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4;
5613 srel = htab->elf.srelgot;
5614 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC)
5615 srel = htab->elf.irelplt;
5616 srel->size += need;
5617 }
5618 }
5619 }
5620 else
5621 *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
5622
5623 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks)
5624 continue;
5625
5626 /* Allocate space for calls to local STT_GNU_IFUNC syms in .iplt. */
5627 lgot_masks = (char *) end_local_plt;
5628 for (; local_plt < end_local_plt; ++local_plt, ++lgot_masks)
5629 {
5630 struct plt_entry *ent;
5631 bool doneone = false;
5632 bfd_vma plt_offset = 0, glink_offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5633
5634 for (ent = *local_plt; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
5635 if (ent->plt.refcount > 0)
5636 {
5637 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC)
5638 s = htab->elf.iplt;
5639 else if (htab->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5640 || (*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_KEEP)) != PLT_KEEP)
5641 {
5642 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5643 continue;
5644 }
5645 else
5646 s = htab->pltlocal;
5647
5648 if (!doneone)
5649 {
5650 plt_offset = s->size;
5651 s->size += 4;
5652 }
5653 ent->plt.offset = plt_offset;
5654
5655 if (s != htab->pltlocal && (!doneone || bfd_link_pic (info)))
5656 {
5657 s = htab->glink;
5658 glink_offset = s->size;
5659 s->size += GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, NULL);
5660 }
5661 ent->glink_offset = glink_offset;
5662
5663 if (!doneone)
5664 {
5665 if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TLS | PLT_IFUNC)) == PLT_IFUNC)
5666 {
5667 s = htab->elf.irelplt;
5668 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5669 }
5670 else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5671 {
5672 s = htab->relpltlocal;
5673 s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5674 }
5675 doneone = true;
5676 }
5677 }
5678 else
5679 ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5680 }
5681
5682 if (local_syms != NULL
5683 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
5684 {
5685 if (!info->keep_memory)
5686 free (local_syms);
5687 else
5688 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms;
5689 }
5690 }
5691
5692 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
5693 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), allocate_dynrelocs, info);
5694
5695 if (htab->tlsld_got.refcount > 0)
5696 {
5697 htab->tlsld_got.offset = allocate_got (htab, 8);
5698 if (bfd_link_dll (info))
5699 htab->elf.srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5700 }
5701 else
5702 htab->tlsld_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
5703
5704 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL && htab->plt_type != PLT_VXWORKS)
5705 {
5706 unsigned int g_o_t = 32768;
5707
5708 /* If we haven't allocated the header, do so now. When we get here,
5709 for old plt/got the got size will be 0 to 32764 (not allocated),
5710 or 32780 to 65536 (header allocated). For new plt/got, the
5711 corresponding ranges are 0 to 32768 and 32780 to 65536. */
5712 if (htab->elf.sgot->size <= 32768)
5713 {
5714 g_o_t = htab->elf.sgot->size;
5715 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
5716 g_o_t += 4;
5717 htab->elf.sgot->size += htab->got_header_size;
5718 }
5719
5720 htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value = g_o_t;
5721 }
5722 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5723 {
5724 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
5725
5726 sda->root.u.def.section = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section;
5727 sda->root.u.def.value = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value;
5728 }
5729 if (info->emitrelocations)
5730 {
5731 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
5732
5733 if (sda != NULL && sda->ref_regular)
5734 sda->root.u.def.section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
5735 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
5736 if (sda != NULL && sda->ref_regular)
5737 sda->root.u.def.section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
5738 }
5739
5740 if (htab->glink != NULL
5741 && htab->glink->size != 0
5742 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5743 {
5744 htab->glink_pltresolve = htab->glink->size;
5745 /* Space for the branch table. */
5746 htab->glink->size
5747 += htab->elf.srelplt->size / (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4) - 4;
5748 /* Pad out to align the start of PLTresolve. */
5749 htab->glink->size += -htab->glink->size & (htab->params->ppc476_workaround
5750 ? 63 : 15);
5751 htab->glink->size += GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
5752
5753 if (htab->params->emit_stub_syms)
5754 {
5755 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sh;
5756 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__glink",
5757 true, false, false);
5758 if (sh == NULL)
5759 return false;
5760 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
5761 {
5762 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5763 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink;
5764 sh->root.u.def.value = htab->glink_pltresolve;
5765 sh->ref_regular = 1;
5766 sh->def_regular = 1;
5767 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1;
5768 sh->forced_local = 1;
5769 sh->non_elf = 0;
5770 sh->root.linker_def = 1;
5771 }
5772 sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__glink_PLTresolve",
5773 true, false, false);
5774 if (sh == NULL)
5775 return false;
5776 if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
5777 {
5778 sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5779 sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink;
5780 sh->root.u.def.value = htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
5781 sh->ref_regular = 1;
5782 sh->def_regular = 1;
5783 sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1;
5784 sh->forced_local = 1;
5785 sh->non_elf = 0;
5786 sh->root.linker_def = 1;
5787 }
5788 }
5789 }
5790
5791 if (htab->glink != NULL
5792 && htab->glink->size != 0
5793 && htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL
5794 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section)
5795 && _bfd_elf_eh_frame_present (info))
5796 {
5797 s = htab->glink_eh_frame;
5798 s->size = sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie) + 20;
5799 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
5800 {
5801 s->size += 4;
5802 if (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 8 >= 256)
5803 s->size += 4;
5804 }
5805 }
5806
5807 /* We've now determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
5808 Allocate memory for them. */
5809 relocs = false;
5810 for (s = htab->elf.dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5811 {
5812 bool strip_section = true;
5813
5814 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
5815 continue;
5816
5817 if (s == htab->elf.splt
5818 || s == htab->elf.sgot)
5819 {
5820 /* We'd like to strip these sections if they aren't needed, but if
5821 we've exported dynamic symbols from them we must leave them.
5822 It's too late to tell BFD to get rid of the symbols. */
5823 if (htab->elf.hplt != NULL)
5824 strip_section = false;
5825 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
5826 comment below. */
5827 }
5828 else if (s == htab->elf.iplt
5829 || s == htab->pltlocal
5830 || s == htab->glink
5831 || s == htab->glink_eh_frame
5832 || s == htab->elf.sgotplt
5833 || s == htab->sbss
5834 || s == htab->elf.sdynbss
5835 || s == htab->elf.sdynrelro
5836 || s == htab->dynsbss)
5837 {
5838 /* Strip these too. */
5839 }
5840 else if (s == htab->sdata[0].section
5841 || s == htab->sdata[1].section)
5842 {
5843 strip_section = (s->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0;
5844 }
5845 else if (startswith (bfd_section_name (s), ".rela"))
5846 {
5847 if (s->size != 0)
5848 {
5849 /* Remember whether there are any relocation sections. */
5850 relocs = true;
5851
5852 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
5853 to copy relocs into the output file. */
5854 s->reloc_count = 0;
5855 }
5856 }
5857 else
5858 {
5859 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
5860 continue;
5861 }
5862
5863 if (s->size == 0 && strip_section)
5864 {
5865 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
5866 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
5867 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
5868 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
5869 before the linker maps input sections to output
5870 sections. The linker does that before
5871 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
5872 function which decides whether anything needs to go
5873 into these sections. */
5874 s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
5875 continue;
5876 }
5877
5878 if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
5879 continue;
5880
5881 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
5882 s->contents = bfd_zalloc (htab->elf.dynobj, s->size);
5883 if (s->contents == NULL)
5884 return false;
5885 }
5886
5887 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5888 {
5889 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
5890 values later, in ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
5891 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
5892 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
5893 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
5894 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
5895 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
5896
5897 if (!_bfd_elf_maybe_vxworks_add_dynamic_tags (output_bfd, info,
5898 relocs))
5899 return false;
5900
5901 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
5902 && htab->glink != NULL
5903 && htab->glink->size != 0)
5904 {
5905 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_GOT, 0))
5906 return false;
5907 if (!htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt
5908 && htab->tls_get_addr != NULL
5909 && htab->tls_get_addr->plt.plist != NULL
5910 && !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_OPT, PPC_OPT_TLS))
5911 return false;
5912 }
5913 }
5914 #undef add_dynamic_entry
5915
5916 if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL
5917 && htab->glink_eh_frame->contents != NULL)
5918 {
5919 unsigned char *p = htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
5920 bfd_vma val;
5921
5922 memcpy (p, glink_eh_frame_cie, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie));
5923 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */
5924 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie) - 4, p);
5925 p += sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie);
5926 /* FDE length. */
5927 val = htab->glink_eh_frame->size - 4 - sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie);
5928 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p);
5929 p += 4;
5930 /* CIE pointer. */
5931 val = p - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
5932 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p);
5933 p += 4;
5934 /* Offset to .glink. Set later. */
5935 p += 4;
5936 /* .glink size. */
5937 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, htab->glink->size, p);
5938 p += 4;
5939 /* Augmentation. */
5940 p += 1;
5941
5942 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
5943 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
5944 {
5945 bfd_vma adv = (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 8) >> 2;
5946 if (adv < 64)
5947 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + adv;
5948 else if (adv < 256)
5949 {
5950 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1;
5951 *p++ = adv;
5952 }
5953 else if (adv < 65536)
5954 {
5955 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2;
5956 bfd_put_16 (htab->elf.dynobj, adv, p);
5957 p += 2;
5958 }
5959 else
5960 {
5961 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4;
5962 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, adv, p);
5963 p += 4;
5964 }
5965 *p++ = DW_CFA_register;
5966 *p++ = 65;
5967 p++;
5968 *p++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc + 4;
5969 *p++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended;
5970 *p++ = 65;
5971 }
5972 BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_vma) ((p + 3 - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents) & -4)
5973 == htab->glink_eh_frame->size);
5974 }
5975
5976 return true;
5977 }
5978
5979 /* Arrange to have _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_ stripped from the output
5980 if it looks like nothing is using them. */
5981
5982 static void
maybe_strip_sdasym(bfd * output_bfd,elf_linker_section_t * lsect)5983 maybe_strip_sdasym (bfd *output_bfd, elf_linker_section_t *lsect)
5984 {
5985 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = lsect->sym;
5986
5987 if (sda != NULL && !sda->ref_regular && sda->dynindx == -1)
5988 {
5989 asection *s;
5990
5991 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, lsect->name);
5992 if (s == NULL || bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd, s))
5993 {
5994 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, lsect->bss_name);
5995 if (s == NULL || bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd, s))
5996 {
5997 sda->def_regular = 0;
5998 /* This is somewhat magic. See elf_link_output_extsym. */
5999 sda->ref_dynamic = 1;
6000 sda->forced_local = 0;
6001 }
6002 }
6003 }
6004 }
6005
6006 void
ppc_elf_maybe_strip_sdata_syms(struct bfd_link_info * info)6007 ppc_elf_maybe_strip_sdata_syms (struct bfd_link_info *info)
6008 {
6009 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
6010
6011 if (htab != NULL)
6012 {
6013 maybe_strip_sdasym (info->output_bfd, &htab->sdata[0]);
6014 maybe_strip_sdasym (info->output_bfd, &htab->sdata[1]);
6015 }
6016 }
6017
6018
6019 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
6020
6021 static bool
ppc_elf_hash_symbol(struct elf_link_hash_entry * h)6022 ppc_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
6023 {
6024 if (h->plt.plist != NULL
6025 && !h->def_regular
6026 && (!h->pointer_equality_needed
6027 || !h->ref_regular_nonweak))
6028 return false;
6029
6030 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h);
6031 }
6032
6033 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
6034
6035 /* Relaxation trampolines. r12 is available for clobbering (r11, is
6036 used for some functions that are allowed to break the ABI). */
6037 static const int shared_stub_entry[] =
6038 {
6039 0x7c0802a6, /* mflr 0 */
6040 0x429f0005, /* bcl 20, 31, .Lxxx */
6041 0x7d8802a6, /* mflr 12 */
6042 0x3d8c0000, /* addis 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@ha */
6043 0x398c0000, /* addi 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@l */
6044 0x7c0803a6, /* mtlr 0 */
6045 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6046 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6047 };
6048
6049 static const int stub_entry[] =
6050 {
6051 0x3d800000, /* lis 12,xxx@ha */
6052 0x398c0000, /* addi 12,12,xxx@l */
6053 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6054 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6055 };
6056
6057 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
6058 {
6059 unsigned int workaround_size;
6060 unsigned int picfixup_size;
6061 };
6062
6063 /* This function implements long branch trampolines, and the ppc476
6064 icache bug workaround. Any section needing trampolines or patch
6065 space for the workaround has its size extended so that we can
6066 add trampolines at the end of the section. */
6067
6068 static bool
ppc_elf_relax_section(bfd * abfd,asection * isec,struct bfd_link_info * link_info,bool * again)6069 ppc_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd,
6070 asection *isec,
6071 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
6072 bool *again)
6073 {
6074 struct one_branch_fixup
6075 {
6076 struct one_branch_fixup *next;
6077 asection *tsec;
6078 /* Final link, can use the symbol offset. For a
6079 relocatable link we use the symbol's index. */
6080 bfd_vma toff;
6081 bfd_vma trampoff;
6082 };
6083
6084 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6085 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
6086 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
6087 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
6088 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend = NULL;
6089 struct one_branch_fixup *branch_fixups = NULL;
6090 struct ppc_elf_relax_info *relax_info = NULL;
6091 unsigned changes = 0;
6092 bool workaround_change;
6093 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
6094 bfd_size_type trampbase, trampoff, newsize, picfixup_size;
6095 asection *got2;
6096 bool maybe_pasted;
6097
6098 *again = false;
6099
6100 /* No need to do anything with non-alloc or non-code sections. */
6101 if ((isec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6102 || (isec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0
6103 || (isec->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0
6104 || (isec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
6105 || isec->size < 4)
6106 return true;
6107
6108 /* We cannot represent the required PIC relocs in the output, so don't
6109 do anything. The linker doesn't support mixing -shared and -r
6110 anyway. */
6111 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) && bfd_link_pic (link_info))
6112 return true;
6113
6114 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (link_info);
6115 if (htab == NULL)
6116 return true;
6117
6118 isec->size = (isec->size + 3) & -4;
6119 if (isec->rawsize == 0)
6120 isec->rawsize = isec->size;
6121 trampbase = isec->size;
6122
6123 BFD_ASSERT (isec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
6124 || isec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET);
6125 isec->sec_info_type = SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET;
6126
6127 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround
6128 || htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
6129 {
6130 if (elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info == NULL)
6131 {
6132 elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info
6133 = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_relax_info));
6134 if (elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info == NULL)
6135 return false;
6136 }
6137 relax_info = elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info;
6138 trampbase -= relax_info->workaround_size;
6139 }
6140
6141 maybe_pasted = (strcmp (isec->output_section->name, ".init") == 0
6142 || strcmp (isec->output_section->name, ".fini") == 0);
6143 /* Space for a branch around any trampolines. */
6144 trampoff = trampbase;
6145 if (maybe_pasted && trampbase == isec->rawsize)
6146 trampoff += 4;
6147
6148 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
6149 picfixup_size = 0;
6150 if (htab->params->branch_trampolines
6151 || htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
6152 {
6153 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
6154 if (isec->reloc_count != 0)
6155 {
6156 internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, isec, NULL, NULL,
6157 link_info->keep_memory);
6158 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
6159 goto error_return;
6160 }
6161
6162 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got2");
6163
6164 irelend = internal_relocs + isec->reloc_count;
6165 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
6166 {
6167 unsigned long r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
6168 bfd_vma toff, roff;
6169 asection *tsec;
6170 struct one_branch_fixup *f;
6171 size_t insn_offset = 0;
6172 bfd_vma max_branch_offset = 0, val, reladdr;
6173 bfd_byte *hit_addr;
6174 unsigned long t0;
6175 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6176 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
6177 struct plt_entry **plist;
6178 unsigned char sym_type;
6179
6180 switch (r_type)
6181 {
6182 case R_PPC_REL24:
6183 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
6184 case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
6185 case R_PPC_PLTCALL:
6186 max_branch_offset = 1 << 25;
6187 break;
6188
6189 case R_PPC_REL14:
6190 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
6191 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
6192 max_branch_offset = 1 << 15;
6193 break;
6194
6195 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
6196 if (htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
6197 break;
6198 continue;
6199
6200 default:
6201 continue;
6202 }
6203
6204 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
6205 if (!get_sym_h (&h, &isym, &tsec, NULL, &isymbuf,
6206 ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info), abfd))
6207 goto error_return;
6208
6209 if (isym != NULL)
6210 {
6211 if (tsec != NULL)
6212 ;
6213 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
6214 tsec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6215 else
6216 continue;
6217
6218 toff = isym->st_value;
6219 sym_type = ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info);
6220 }
6221 else
6222 {
6223 if (tsec != NULL)
6224 toff = h->root.u.def.value;
6225 else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
6226 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
6227 {
6228 unsigned long indx;
6229
6230 indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6231 tsec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
6232 toff = bfd_link_relocatable (link_info) ? indx : 0;
6233 }
6234 else
6235 continue;
6236
6237 /* If this branch is to __tls_get_addr then we may later
6238 optimise away the call. We won't be needing a long-
6239 branch stub in that case. */
6240 if (bfd_link_executable (link_info)
6241 && h == htab->tls_get_addr
6242 && irel != internal_relocs)
6243 {
6244 unsigned long t_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel[-1].r_info);
6245 unsigned long t_rtype = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[-1].r_info);
6246 unsigned int tls_mask = 0;
6247
6248 /* The previous reloc should be one of R_PPC_TLSGD or
6249 R_PPC_TLSLD, or for older object files, a reloc
6250 on the __tls_get_addr arg setup insn. Get tls
6251 mask bits from the symbol on that reloc. */
6252 if (t_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
6253 {
6254 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (abfd);
6255
6256 if (local_got_offsets != NULL)
6257 {
6258 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
6259 (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6260 char *lgot_masks = (char *)
6261 (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6262 tls_mask = lgot_masks[t_symndx];
6263 }
6264 }
6265 else
6266 {
6267 struct elf_link_hash_entry *th
6268 = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[t_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
6269
6270 while (th->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
6271 || th->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
6272 th = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) th->root.u.i.link;
6273
6274 tls_mask
6275 = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) th)->tls_mask;
6276 }
6277
6278 /* The mask bits tell us if the call will be
6279 optimised away. */
6280 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0
6281 && (t_rtype == R_PPC_TLSGD
6282 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
6283 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO))
6284 continue;
6285 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0
6286 && (t_rtype == R_PPC_TLSLD
6287 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
6288 || t_rtype == R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO))
6289 continue;
6290 }
6291
6292 sym_type = h->type;
6293 }
6294
6295 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA)
6296 {
6297 if (h != NULL
6298 && !h->def_regular
6299 && h->protected_def
6300 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha
6301 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo)
6302 picfixup_size += 12;
6303 continue;
6304 }
6305
6306 /* The condition here under which we call find_plt_ent must
6307 match that in relocate_section. If we call find_plt_ent here
6308 but not in relocate_section, or vice versa, then the branch
6309 destination used here may be incorrect. */
6310 plist = NULL;
6311 if (h != NULL)
6312 {
6313 /* We know is_branch_reloc (r_type) is true. */
6314 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
6315 || r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6316 plist = &h->plt.plist;
6317 }
6318 else if (sym_type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
6319 && elf_local_got_offsets (abfd) != NULL)
6320 {
6321 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (abfd);
6322 struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **)
6323 (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6324 plist = local_plt + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
6325 }
6326 if (plist != NULL)
6327 {
6328 bfd_vma addend = 0;
6329 struct plt_entry *ent;
6330
6331 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 && bfd_link_pic (link_info))
6332 addend = irel->r_addend;
6333 ent = find_plt_ent (plist, got2, addend);
6334 if (ent != NULL)
6335 {
6336 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
6337 || h == NULL
6338 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
6339 || h->dynindx == -1)
6340 {
6341 tsec = htab->glink;
6342 toff = ent->glink_offset;
6343 }
6344 else
6345 {
6346 tsec = htab->elf.splt;
6347 toff = ent->plt.offset;
6348 }
6349 }
6350 }
6351
6352 /* If the branch and target are in the same section, you have
6353 no hope of adding stubs. We'll error out later should the
6354 branch overflow. */
6355 if (tsec == isec)
6356 continue;
6357
6358 /* toff is used for the symbol index when the symbol is
6359 undefined and we're doing a relocatable link, so we can't
6360 support addends. It would be possible to do so by
6361 putting the addend in one_branch_fixup but addends on
6362 branches are rare so it hardly seems worth supporting. */
6363 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6364 && tsec == bfd_und_section_ptr
6365 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24
6366 && irel->r_addend != 0)
6367 continue;
6368
6369 /* There probably isn't any reason to handle symbols in
6370 SEC_MERGE sections; SEC_MERGE doesn't seem a likely
6371 attribute for a code section, and we are only looking at
6372 branches. However, implement it correctly here as a
6373 reference for other target relax_section functions. */
6374 if (0 && tsec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
6375 {
6376 /* At this stage in linking, no SEC_MERGE symbol has been
6377 adjusted, so all references to such symbols need to be
6378 passed through _bfd_merged_section_offset. (Later, in
6379 relocate_section, all SEC_MERGE symbols *except* for
6380 section symbols have been adjusted.)
6381
6382 gas may reduce relocations against symbols in SEC_MERGE
6383 sections to a relocation against the section symbol when
6384 the original addend was zero. When the reloc is against
6385 a section symbol we should include the addend in the
6386 offset passed to _bfd_merged_section_offset, since the
6387 location of interest is the original symbol. On the
6388 other hand, an access to "sym+addend" where "sym" is not
6389 a section symbol should not include the addend; Such an
6390 access is presumed to be an offset from "sym"; The
6391 location of interest is just "sym". */
6392 if (sym_type == STT_SECTION
6393 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6394 toff += irel->r_addend;
6395
6396 toff
6397 = _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, &tsec,
6398 elf_section_data (tsec)->sec_info,
6399 toff);
6400
6401 if (sym_type != STT_SECTION
6402 && r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6403 toff += irel->r_addend;
6404 }
6405 /* PLTREL24 addends are special. */
6406 else if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6407 toff += irel->r_addend;
6408
6409 /* Attempted -shared link of non-pic code loses. */
6410 if ((!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6411 && tsec == bfd_und_section_ptr)
6412 || tsec->output_section == NULL
6413 || (tsec->owner != NULL
6414 && (tsec->owner->flags & BFD_PLUGIN) != 0))
6415 continue;
6416
6417 roff = irel->r_offset;
6418 reladdr = isec->output_section->vma + isec->output_offset + roff;
6419
6420 /* Avoid creating a lot of unnecessary fixups when
6421 relocatable if the output section size is such that a
6422 fixup can be created at final link.
6423 The max_branch_offset adjustment allows for some number
6424 of other fixups being needed at final link. */
6425 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6426 && (isec->output_section->rawsize - (isec->output_offset + roff)
6427 < max_branch_offset - (max_branch_offset >> 4)))
6428 continue;
6429
6430 /* If the branch is in range, no need to do anything. */
6431 if (tsec != bfd_und_section_ptr
6432 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6433 /* A relocatable link may have sections moved during
6434 final link, so do not presume they remain in range. */
6435 || tsec->output_section == isec->output_section))
6436 {
6437 bfd_vma symaddr;
6438
6439 symaddr = tsec->output_section->vma + tsec->output_offset + toff;
6440 if (symaddr - reladdr + max_branch_offset
6441 < 2 * max_branch_offset)
6442 continue;
6443 }
6444
6445 /* Look for an existing fixup to this address. */
6446 for (f = branch_fixups; f ; f = f->next)
6447 if (f->tsec == tsec && f->toff == toff)
6448 break;
6449
6450 if (f == NULL)
6451 {
6452 size_t size;
6453 unsigned long stub_rtype;
6454
6455 val = trampoff - roff;
6456 if (val >= max_branch_offset)
6457 /* Oh dear, we can't reach a trampoline. Don't try to add
6458 one. We'll report an error later. */
6459 continue;
6460
6461 if (bfd_link_pic (link_info))
6462 {
6463 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry);
6464 insn_offset = 12;
6465 }
6466 else
6467 {
6468 size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry);
6469 insn_offset = 0;
6470 }
6471 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX;
6472 if (tsec == htab->elf.splt
6473 || tsec == htab->glink)
6474 {
6475 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX_PLT;
6476 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24)
6477 stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24;
6478 }
6479
6480 /* Hijack the old relocation. Since we need two
6481 relocations for this use a "composite" reloc. */
6482 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
6483 stub_rtype);
6484 irel->r_offset = trampoff + insn_offset;
6485 if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
6486 && stub_rtype != R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24)
6487 irel->r_addend = 0;
6488
6489 /* Record the fixup so we don't do it again this section. */
6490 f = bfd_malloc (sizeof (*f));
6491 f->next = branch_fixups;
6492 f->tsec = tsec;
6493 f->toff = toff;
6494 f->trampoff = trampoff;
6495 branch_fixups = f;
6496
6497 trampoff += size;
6498 changes++;
6499 }
6500 else
6501 {
6502 val = f->trampoff - roff;
6503 if (val >= max_branch_offset)
6504 continue;
6505
6506 /* Nop out the reloc, since we're finalizing things here. */
6507 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE);
6508 }
6509
6510 link_info->callbacks->minfo
6511 (_("%pB: Adjusting branch at 0x%V towards \"%s\" in section %s\n"),
6512 abfd, reladdr,
6513 (h && h->root.root.string? h->root.root.string : "<unknown>"),
6514 f->tsec->name);
6515
6516 /* Get the section contents. */
6517 if (contents == NULL)
6518 {
6519 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
6520 if (elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
6521 contents = elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents;
6522 /* Go get them off disk. */
6523 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, isec, &contents))
6524 goto error_return;
6525 }
6526
6527 /* Fix up the existing branch to hit the trampoline. */
6528 hit_addr = contents + roff;
6529 switch (r_type)
6530 {
6531 case R_PPC_REL24:
6532 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
6533 case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
6534 t0 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_addr);
6535 t0 &= ~0x3fffffc;
6536 t0 |= val & 0x3fffffc;
6537 bfd_put_32 (abfd, t0, hit_addr);
6538 break;
6539
6540 case R_PPC_REL14:
6541 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
6542 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
6543 t0 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_addr);
6544 t0 &= ~0xfffc;
6545 t0 |= val & 0xfffc;
6546 bfd_put_32 (abfd, t0, hit_addr);
6547 break;
6548 }
6549 }
6550
6551 while (branch_fixups != NULL)
6552 {
6553 struct one_branch_fixup *f = branch_fixups;
6554 branch_fixups = branch_fixups->next;
6555 free (f);
6556 }
6557 }
6558
6559 workaround_change = false;
6560 newsize = trampoff;
6561 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround
6562 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)
6563 || isec->output_section->alignment_power >= htab->params->pagesize_p2))
6564 {
6565 bfd_vma addr, end_addr;
6566 unsigned int crossings;
6567 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2;
6568
6569 addr = isec->output_section->vma + isec->output_offset;
6570 end_addr = addr + trampoff;
6571 addr &= -pagesize;
6572 crossings = ((end_addr & -pagesize) - addr) >> htab->params->pagesize_p2;
6573 if (crossings != 0)
6574 {
6575 /* Keep space aligned, to ensure the patch code itself does
6576 not cross a page. Don't decrease size calculated on a
6577 previous pass as otherwise we might never settle on a layout. */
6578 newsize = 15 - ((end_addr - 1) & 15);
6579 newsize += crossings * 16;
6580 if (relax_info->workaround_size < newsize)
6581 {
6582 relax_info->workaround_size = newsize;
6583 workaround_change = true;
6584 }
6585 /* Ensure relocate_section is called. */
6586 isec->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
6587 }
6588 newsize = trampoff + relax_info->workaround_size;
6589 }
6590
6591 if (htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
6592 {
6593 picfixup_size -= relax_info->picfixup_size;
6594 if (picfixup_size != 0)
6595 relax_info->picfixup_size += picfixup_size;
6596 newsize += relax_info->picfixup_size;
6597 }
6598
6599 if (changes != 0 || picfixup_size != 0 || workaround_change)
6600 isec->size = newsize;
6601
6602 if (isymbuf != NULL
6603 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
6604 {
6605 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
6606 free (isymbuf);
6607 else
6608 {
6609 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6610 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
6611 }
6612 }
6613
6614 if (contents != NULL
6615 && elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
6616 {
6617 if (!changes && !link_info->keep_memory)
6618 free (contents);
6619 else
6620 {
6621 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6622 elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
6623 }
6624 }
6625
6626 changes += picfixup_size;
6627 if (changes != 0)
6628 {
6629 /* Append sufficient NOP relocs so we can write out relocation
6630 information for the trampolines. */
6631 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
6632 Elf_Internal_Rela *new_relocs = bfd_malloc ((changes + isec->reloc_count)
6633 * sizeof (*new_relocs));
6634 unsigned ix;
6635
6636 if (!new_relocs)
6637 goto error_return;
6638 memcpy (new_relocs, internal_relocs,
6639 isec->reloc_count * sizeof (*new_relocs));
6640 for (ix = changes; ix--;)
6641 {
6642 irel = new_relocs + ix + isec->reloc_count;
6643
6644 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE);
6645 }
6646 if (internal_relocs != elf_section_data (isec)->relocs)
6647 free (internal_relocs);
6648 elf_section_data (isec)->relocs = new_relocs;
6649 isec->reloc_count += changes;
6650 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (isec);
6651 rel_hdr->sh_size += changes * rel_hdr->sh_entsize;
6652 }
6653 else if (elf_section_data (isec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
6654 free (internal_relocs);
6655
6656 *again = changes != 0 || workaround_change;
6657 return true;
6658
6659 error_return:
6660 while (branch_fixups != NULL)
6661 {
6662 struct one_branch_fixup *f = branch_fixups;
6663 branch_fixups = branch_fixups->next;
6664 free (f);
6665 }
6666 if ((unsigned char *) isymbuf != symtab_hdr->contents)
6667 free (isymbuf);
6668 if (elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
6669 free (contents);
6670 if (elf_section_data (isec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
6671 free (internal_relocs);
6672 return false;
6673 }
6674
6675 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in
6676 discarded sections. */
6677
6678 static unsigned int
ppc_elf_action_discarded(asection * sec)6679 ppc_elf_action_discarded (asection *sec)
6680 {
6681 if (strcmp (".fixup", sec->name) == 0)
6682 return 0;
6683
6684 if (strcmp (".got2", sec->name) == 0)
6685 return 0;
6686
6687 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec);
6688 }
6689
6690 /* Fill in the address for a pointer generated in a linker section. */
6691
6692 static bfd_vma
elf_finish_pointer_linker_section(bfd * input_bfd,elf_linker_section_t * lsect,struct elf_link_hash_entry * h,bfd_vma relocation,const Elf_Internal_Rela * rel)6693 elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (bfd *input_bfd,
6694 elf_linker_section_t *lsect,
6695 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
6696 bfd_vma relocation,
6697 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
6698 {
6699 elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_ptr;
6700
6701 BFD_ASSERT (lsect != NULL);
6702
6703 if (h != NULL)
6704 {
6705 /* Handle global symbol. */
6706 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh;
6707
6708 eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
6709 BFD_ASSERT (eh->elf.def_regular);
6710 linker_section_ptr = eh->linker_section_pointer;
6711 }
6712 else
6713 {
6714 /* Handle local symbol. */
6715 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
6716
6717 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (input_bfd));
6718 BFD_ASSERT (elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd) != NULL);
6719 linker_section_ptr = elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd)[r_symndx];
6720 }
6721
6722 linker_section_ptr = elf_find_pointer_linker_section (linker_section_ptr,
6723 rel->r_addend,
6724 lsect);
6725 BFD_ASSERT (linker_section_ptr != NULL);
6726
6727 /* Offset will always be a multiple of four, so use the bottom bit
6728 as a "written" flag. */
6729 if ((linker_section_ptr->offset & 1) == 0)
6730 {
6731 bfd_put_32 (lsect->section->owner,
6732 relocation + linker_section_ptr->addend,
6733 lsect->section->contents + linker_section_ptr->offset);
6734 linker_section_ptr->offset += 1;
6735 }
6736
6737 relocation = (lsect->section->output_section->vma
6738 + lsect->section->output_offset
6739 + linker_section_ptr->offset - 1
6740 - SYM_VAL (lsect->sym));
6741
6742 #ifdef DEBUG
6743 fprintf (stderr,
6744 "Finish pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld (0x%lx)\n",
6745 lsect->name, (long) relocation, (long) relocation);
6746 #endif
6747
6748 return relocation;
6749 }
6750
6751 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff)
6752 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff)
6753 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000)
6754
6755 static void
write_glink_stub(struct elf_link_hash_entry * h,struct plt_entry * ent,asection * plt_sec,unsigned char * p,struct bfd_link_info * info)6756 write_glink_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, struct plt_entry *ent,
6757 asection *plt_sec, unsigned char *p,
6758 struct bfd_link_info *info)
6759 {
6760 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
6761 bfd *output_bfd = info->output_bfd;
6762 bfd_vma plt;
6763 unsigned char *end = p + GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab, h);
6764
6765 if (h != NULL
6766 && h == htab->tls_get_addr
6767 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt)
6768 {
6769 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_3, p);
6770 p += 4;
6771 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_3 + 4, p);
6772 p += 4;
6773 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MR_0_3, p);
6774 p += 4;
6775 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, CMPWI_11_0, p);
6776 p += 4;
6777 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_3_12_2, p);
6778 p += 4;
6779 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BEQLR, p);
6780 p += 4;
6781 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MR_3_0, p);
6782 p += 4;
6783 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, p);
6784 p += 4;
6785 }
6786
6787 plt = ((ent->plt.offset & ~1)
6788 + plt_sec->output_section->vma
6789 + plt_sec->output_offset);
6790
6791 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
6792 {
6793 bfd_vma got = 0;
6794
6795 if (ent->addend >= 32768)
6796 got = (ent->addend
6797 + ent->sec->output_section->vma
6798 + ent->sec->output_offset);
6799 else if (htab->elf.hgot != NULL)
6800 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
6801
6802 plt -= got;
6803
6804 if (plt + 0x8000 < 0x10000)
6805 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_30 + PPC_LO (plt), p);
6806 else
6807 {
6808 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_30 + PPC_HA (plt), p);
6809 p += 4;
6810 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_11 + PPC_LO (plt), p);
6811 }
6812 }
6813 else
6814 {
6815 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LIS_11 + PPC_HA (plt), p);
6816 p += 4;
6817 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_11 + PPC_LO (plt), p);
6818 }
6819 p += 4;
6820 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_11, p);
6821 p += 4;
6822 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCTR, p);
6823 p += 4;
6824 while (p < end)
6825 {
6826 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? BA : NOP, p);
6827 p += 4;
6828 }
6829 }
6830
6831 /* Return true if symbol is defined statically. */
6832
6833 static bool
is_static_defined(struct elf_link_hash_entry * h)6834 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
6835 {
6836 return ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6837 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
6838 && h->root.u.def.section != NULL
6839 && h->root.u.def.section->output_section != NULL);
6840 }
6841
6842 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tls operand, return
6843 the transformed insn for TLS optimisation, otherwise return 0. If
6844 REG is non-zero only match an insn with RB or RA equal to REG. */
6845
6846 unsigned int
_bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform(unsigned int insn,unsigned int reg)6847 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (unsigned int insn, unsigned int reg)
6848 {
6849 unsigned int rtra;
6850
6851 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) != 31 << 26)
6852 return 0;
6853
6854 if (reg == 0 || ((insn >> 11) & 0x1f) == reg)
6855 rtra = insn & ((1 << 26) - (1 << 16));
6856 else if (((insn >> 16) & 0x1f) == reg)
6857 rtra = (insn & (0x1f << 21)) | ((insn & (0x1f << 11)) << 5);
6858 else
6859 return 0;
6860
6861 if ((insn & (0x3ff << 1)) == 266 << 1)
6862 /* add -> addi. */
6863 insn = 14 << 26;
6864 else if ((insn & (0x1f << 1)) == 23 << 1
6865 && ((insn & (0x1f << 6)) < 14 << 6
6866 || ((insn & (0x1f << 6)) >= 16 << 6
6867 && (insn & (0x1f << 6)) < 24 << 6)))
6868 /* load and store indexed -> dform. */
6869 insn = (32u | ((insn >> 6) & 0x1f)) << 26;
6870 else if ((insn & (((0x1a << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 21 << 1)
6871 /* ldx, ldux, stdx, stdux -> ld, ldu, std, stdu. */
6872 insn = ((58u | ((insn >> 6) & 4)) << 26) | ((insn >> 6) & 1);
6873 else if ((insn & (((0x1f << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 341 << 1)
6874 /* lwax -> lwa. */
6875 insn = (58u << 26) | 2;
6876 else
6877 return 0;
6878 insn |= rtra;
6879 return insn;
6880 }
6881
6882 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tprel operand, return
6883 the transformed insn for an undefined weak symbol, ie. with the
6884 thread pointer REG operand removed. Otherwise return 0. */
6885
6886 unsigned int
_bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform(unsigned int insn,unsigned int reg)6887 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (unsigned int insn, unsigned int reg)
6888 {
6889 if ((insn & (0x1f << 16)) == reg << 16
6890 && ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
6891 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */
6892 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
6893 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
6894 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
6895 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
6896 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
6897 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
6898 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
6899 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
6900 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
6901 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
6902 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
6903 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
6904 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
6905 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
6906 && (insn & 3) != 1)
6907 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
6908 && ((insn & 3) == 0 || (insn & 3) == 3))))
6909 {
6910 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16);
6911 }
6912 else if ((insn & (0x1f << 21)) == reg << 21
6913 && ((insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori, oris */
6914 || (insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */
6915 || (insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi,andis */))
6916 {
6917 insn &= ~(0x1f << 21);
6918 insn |= (insn & (0x1f << 16)) << 5;
6919 if ((insn & (0x3eu << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */)
6920 insn -= 2 >> 26; /* convert to ori,oris */
6921 }
6922 else
6923 insn = 0;
6924 return insn;
6925 }
6926
6927 static bool
is_insn_ds_form(unsigned int insn)6928 is_insn_ds_form (unsigned int insn)
6929 {
6930 return ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,ldu,lwa */
6931 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stdu,stq */
6932 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lfdp */
6933 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 61u << 26 /* stfdp */);
6934 }
6935
6936 static bool
is_insn_dq_form(unsigned int insn)6937 is_insn_dq_form (unsigned int insn)
6938 {
6939 return ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq */
6940 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (61u << 26) /* lxv, stxv */
6941 && (insn & 3) == 1));
6942 }
6943
6944 static bool
swap_reloc_out(bfd * obfd,Elf_Internal_Rela * rel,bfd_byte * loc,asection * s)6945 swap_reloc_out (bfd *obfd, Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, bfd_byte *loc, asection *s)
6946 {
6947 if ((size_t) (loc - s->contents) >= s->size)
6948 return false;
6949 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (obfd, rel, loc);
6950 return true;
6951 }
6952
6953 static bool
count_and_swap_reloc_out(bfd * obfd,Elf_Internal_Rela * rel,asection * s)6954 count_and_swap_reloc_out (bfd *obfd, Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, asection *s)
6955 {
6956 bfd_byte *loc = s->contents;
6957 loc += s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6958 return swap_reloc_out (obfd, rel, loc, s);
6959 }
6960
6961 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker
6962 to handle the relocations for a section.
6963
6964 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
6965 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
6966 zero.
6967
6968 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
6969 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
6970 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
6971 necessary.
6972
6973 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
6974 address or the reloc symbol index.
6975
6976 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols.
6977
6978 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file
6979 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol.
6980
6981 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
6982 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
6983
6984 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
6985 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is
6986 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
6987 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
6988 accordingly. */
6989
6990 static int
ppc_elf_relocate_section(bfd * output_bfd,struct bfd_link_info * info,bfd * input_bfd,asection * input_section,bfd_byte * contents,Elf_Internal_Rela * relocs,Elf_Internal_Sym * local_syms,asection ** local_sections)6991 ppc_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd,
6992 struct bfd_link_info *info,
6993 bfd *input_bfd,
6994 asection *input_section,
6995 bfd_byte *contents,
6996 Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
6997 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
6998 asection **local_sections)
6999 {
7000 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
7001 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
7002 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
7003 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
7004 Elf_Internal_Rela *wrel;
7005 Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
7006 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
7007 asection *got2;
7008 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
7009 bool ret = true;
7010 bfd_vma d_offset = (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd) ? 2 : 0);
7011 bool is_vxworks_tls;
7012 unsigned int picfixup_size = 0;
7013 struct ppc_elf_relax_info *relax_info = NULL;
7014
7015 #ifdef DEBUG
7016 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_relocate_section called for %pB section %pA, "
7017 "%ld relocations%s",
7018 input_bfd, input_section,
7019 (long) input_section->reloc_count,
7020 (bfd_link_relocatable (info)) ? " (relocatable)" : "");
7021 #endif
7022
7023 if (!is_ppc_elf (input_bfd))
7024 {
7025 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
7026 return false;
7027 }
7028
7029 got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd, ".got2");
7030
7031 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
7032 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32])
7033 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
7034
7035 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
7036 local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
7037 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
7038 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
7039 /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
7040 specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */
7041 is_vxworks_tls = (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks && bfd_link_pic (info)
7042 && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name,
7043 ".tls_vars"));
7044 if (input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET)
7045 relax_info = elf_section_data (input_section)->sec_info;
7046 rel = wrel = relocs;
7047 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
7048 for (; rel < relend; wrel++, rel++)
7049 {
7050 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
7051 bfd_vma addend;
7052 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
7053 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
7054 asection *sec;
7055 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7056 const char *sym_name;
7057 reloc_howto_type *howto;
7058 unsigned long r_symndx;
7059 bfd_vma relocation;
7060 bfd_vma branch_bit, from;
7061 bool unresolved_reloc, save_unresolved_reloc;
7062 bool warned;
7063 unsigned int tls_type, tls_mask, tls_gd;
7064 struct plt_entry **ifunc, **plt_list;
7065 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto;
7066
7067 again:
7068 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
7069 sym = NULL;
7070 sec = NULL;
7071 h = NULL;
7072 unresolved_reloc = false;
7073 warned = false;
7074 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
7075
7076 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
7077 {
7078 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
7079 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
7080 sym_name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, sym, sec);
7081
7082 relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
7083 }
7084 else
7085 {
7086 bool ignored;
7087
7088 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel,
7089 r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
7090 h, sec, relocation,
7091 unresolved_reloc, warned, ignored);
7092
7093 sym_name = h->root.root.string;
7094 }
7095
7096 if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
7097 {
7098 /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
7099 or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the
7100 section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */
7101 howto = NULL;
7102 if (r_type < R_PPC_max)
7103 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
7104
7105 _bfd_clear_contents (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
7106 contents, rel->r_offset);
7107 wrel->r_offset = rel->r_offset;
7108 wrel->r_info = 0;
7109 wrel->r_addend = 0;
7110
7111 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against
7112 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for
7113 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the
7114 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */
7115 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info)
7116 && (input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING))
7117 wrel--;
7118
7119 continue;
7120 }
7121
7122 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
7123 {
7124 if (got2 != NULL
7125 && r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
7126 && rel->r_addend != 0)
7127 {
7128 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
7129 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2. */
7130 rel->r_addend += got2->output_offset;
7131 }
7132 if (r_type != R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
7133 && r_type != R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
7134 && r_type != R_PPC_RELAX)
7135 goto copy_reloc;
7136 }
7137
7138 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs
7139 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit
7140 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible
7141 for the final instruction stream. */
7142 tls_mask = 0;
7143 tls_gd = 0;
7144 if (h != NULL)
7145 tls_mask = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->tls_mask;
7146 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL)
7147 {
7148 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
7149 char *lgot_masks;
7150 local_plt
7151 = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
7152 lgot_masks = (char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
7153 tls_mask = lgot_masks[r_symndx];
7154 }
7155
7156 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */
7157 if ((R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)
7158 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO & 3)
7159 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI & 3)
7160 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA & 3)
7161 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16 & 3)
7162 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO & 3)
7163 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI & 3)
7164 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA & 3))
7165 abort ();
7166 switch (r_type)
7167 {
7168 default:
7169 break;
7170
7171 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
7172 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
7173 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
7174 && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0
7175 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
7176 {
7177 bfd_vma insn;
7178
7179 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7180 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7181 insn &= 31 << 21;
7182 insn |= 0x3c020000; /* addis 0,2,0 */
7183 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn,
7184 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7185 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA;
7186 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7187 }
7188 break;
7189
7190 case R_PPC_TLS:
7191 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
7192 && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0
7193 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
7194 {
7195 bfd_vma insn;
7196
7197 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
7198 insn = _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn, 2);
7199 if (insn == 0)
7200 abort ();
7201 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
7202 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO;
7203 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7204
7205 /* Was PPC_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now
7206 PPC_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */
7207 rel->r_offset += d_offset;
7208 }
7209 break;
7210
7211 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
7212 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
7213 tls_gd = TLS_GDIE;
7214 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0
7215 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
7216 goto tls_gdld_hi;
7217 break;
7218
7219 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
7220 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
7221 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0
7222 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
7223 {
7224 tls_gdld_hi:
7225 if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) != 0)
7226 r_type = (((r_type - (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)) & 3)
7227 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16);
7228 else
7229 {
7230 rel->r_offset -= d_offset;
7231 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + rel->r_offset);
7232 r_type = R_PPC_NONE;
7233 }
7234 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7235 }
7236 break;
7237
7238 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
7239 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
7240 tls_gd = TLS_GDIE;
7241 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0
7242 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
7243 goto tls_ldgd_opt;
7244 break;
7245
7246 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
7247 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
7248 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0
7249 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
7250 {
7251 unsigned int insn1, insn2;
7252 bfd_vma offset;
7253
7254 tls_ldgd_opt:
7255 offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
7256 /* If not using the newer R_PPC_TLSGD/LD to mark
7257 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call
7258 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next
7259 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with
7260 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */
7261 if (input_section->nomark_tls_get_addr
7262 && rel + 1 < relend
7263 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd, rel + 1,
7264 htab->tls_get_addr))
7265 offset = rel[1].r_offset;
7266 /* We read the low GOT_TLS insn because we need to keep
7267 the destination reg. It may be something other than
7268 the usual r3, and moved to r3 before the call by
7269 intervening code. */
7270 insn1 = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7271 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7272 if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) != 0)
7273 {
7274 /* IE */
7275 insn1 &= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16);
7276 insn1 |= 32u << 26; /* lwz */
7277 if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1
7278 && offset_in_range (input_section, offset, 4))
7279 {
7280 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7281 insn2 = 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7282 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset);
7283 }
7284 r_type = (((r_type - (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)) & 3)
7285 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16);
7286 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7287 }
7288 else
7289 {
7290 /* LE */
7291 insn1 &= 0x1f << 21;
7292 insn1 |= 0x3c020000; /* addis r,2,0 */
7293 if (tls_gd == 0)
7294 {
7295 /* Was an LD reloc. */
7296 for (r_symndx = 0;
7297 r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7298 r_symndx++)
7299 if (local_sections[r_symndx] == sec)
7300 break;
7301 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
7302 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF;
7303 rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
7304 if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF)
7305 rel->r_addend -= (local_syms[r_symndx].st_value
7306 + sec->output_offset
7307 + sec->output_section->vma);
7308 }
7309 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA;
7310 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7311 if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1
7312 && offset_in_range (input_section, offset, 4))
7313 {
7314 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO);
7315 rel[1].r_offset = offset + d_offset;
7316 rel[1].r_addend = rel->r_addend;
7317 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7318 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset);
7319 }
7320 }
7321 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn1,
7322 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7323 if (tls_gd == 0)
7324 {
7325 /* We changed the symbol on an LD reloc. Start over
7326 in order to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
7327 goto again;
7328 }
7329 }
7330 break;
7331
7332 case R_PPC_TLSGD:
7333 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0
7334 && rel + 1 < relend
7335 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
7336 {
7337 unsigned int insn2;
7338 bfd_vma offset = rel->r_offset;
7339
7340 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info)))
7341 {
7342 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + offset);
7343 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7344 break;
7345 }
7346
7347 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GDIE) != 0)
7348 {
7349 /* IE */
7350 r_type = R_PPC_NONE;
7351 insn2 = 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7352 }
7353 else
7354 {
7355 /* LE */
7356 r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO;
7357 rel->r_offset += d_offset;
7358 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7359 }
7360 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type);
7361 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2, contents + offset);
7362 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7363 BFD_ASSERT (offset == rel[1].r_offset);
7364 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7365 }
7366 break;
7367
7368 case R_PPC_TLSLD:
7369 if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0
7370 && rel + 1 < relend
7371 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
7372 {
7373 unsigned int insn2;
7374
7375 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info)))
7376 {
7377 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, contents + rel->r_offset);
7378 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7379 break;
7380 }
7381
7382 for (r_symndx = 0;
7383 r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7384 r_symndx++)
7385 if (local_sections[r_symndx] == sec)
7386 break;
7387 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
7388 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF;
7389 rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
7390 if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF)
7391 rel->r_addend -= (local_syms[r_symndx].st_value
7392 + sec->output_offset
7393 + sec->output_section->vma);
7394
7395 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO);
7396 rel->r_offset += d_offset;
7397 insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7398 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn2,
7399 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7400 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7401 BFD_ASSERT (rel->r_offset - d_offset == rel[1].r_offset);
7402 rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE);
7403 goto again;
7404 }
7405 break;
7406 }
7407
7408 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */
7409 branch_bit = 0;
7410 switch (r_type)
7411 {
7412 default:
7413 break;
7414
7415 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */
7416 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
7417 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
7418 branch_bit = BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
7419 /* Fall through. */
7420
7421 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */
7422 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
7423 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
7424 if (offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
7425 {
7426 unsigned int insn;
7427
7428 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
7429 insn &= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
7430 insn |= branch_bit;
7431
7432 from = (rel->r_offset
7433 + input_section->output_offset
7434 + input_section->output_section->vma);
7435
7436 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
7437 if ((bfd_signed_vma) (relocation + rel->r_addend - from) < 0)
7438 insn ^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
7439
7440 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
7441 }
7442 break;
7443
7444 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
7445 if (offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
7446 {
7447 unsigned int insn;
7448
7449 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7450 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7451 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 15u << 26
7452 && (insn & (0x1f << 16)) != 0)
7453 {
7454 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
7455 {
7456 /* Convert addis to lis. */
7457 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16);
7458 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn,
7459 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7460 }
7461 }
7462 else if (bfd_link_pic (info))
7463 info->callbacks->einfo
7464 (_("%P: %H: error: %s with unexpected instruction %x\n"),
7465 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
7466 "R_PPC_PLT16_HA", insn);
7467 }
7468 break;
7469 }
7470
7471 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
7472 && h != NULL
7473 && !h->def_regular
7474 && h->protected_def
7475 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_ha
7476 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_addr16_lo
7477 && htab->params->pic_fixup > 0)
7478 {
7479 /* Convert lis;addi or lis;load/store accessing a protected
7480 variable defined in a shared library to PIC. */
7481 unsigned int insn;
7482
7483 if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
7484 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
7485 {
7486 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7487 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7488 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (15u << 26)
7489 && (insn & (0x1f << 16)) == 0 /* lis */)
7490 {
7491 bfd_byte *p;
7492 bfd_vma off;
7493 bfd_vma got_addr;
7494
7495 p = (contents + input_section->size
7496 - relax_info->workaround_size
7497 - relax_info->picfixup_size
7498 + picfixup_size);
7499 off = (p - contents) - (rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7500 if (off > 0x1fffffc || (off & 3) != 0)
7501 info->callbacks->einfo
7502 (_("%H: fixup branch overflow\n"),
7503 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
7504
7505 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | off,
7506 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7507 got_addr = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
7508 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
7509 + (h->got.offset & ~1));
7510 wrel->r_offset = (p - contents) + d_offset;
7511 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
7512 wrel->r_addend = got_addr;
7513 insn &= ~0xffff;
7514 insn |= ((unsigned int) (got_addr + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
7515 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p);
7516
7517 /* Convert lis to lwz, loading address from GOT. */
7518 insn &= ~0xffff;
7519 insn ^= (32u ^ 15u) << 26;
7520 insn |= (insn & (0x1f << 21)) >> 5;
7521 insn |= got_addr & 0xffff;
7522 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p + 4);
7523
7524 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | ((-4 - off) & 0x3ffffff), p + 8);
7525 picfixup_size += 12;
7526
7527 /* Use one of the spare relocs, so --emit-relocs
7528 output is reasonable. */
7529 memmove (rel + 1, rel, (relend - rel - 1) * sizeof (*rel));
7530 wrel++, rel++;
7531 rel->r_offset = wrel[-1].r_offset + 4;
7532 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
7533 rel->r_addend = wrel[-1].r_addend;
7534
7535 /* Continue on as if we had a got reloc, to output
7536 dynamic reloc. */
7537 r_type = R_PPC_GOT16_LO;
7538 }
7539 else
7540 _bfd_error_handler
7541 /* xgettext:c-format */
7542 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): error: "
7543 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7544 input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
7545 "R_PPC_ADDR16_HA", insn);
7546 }
7547 else if (r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
7548 && offset_in_range (input_section,
7549 rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
7550 {
7551 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
7552 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
7553 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
7554 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
7555 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
7556 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
7557 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
7558 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
7559 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
7560 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
7561 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
7562 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
7563 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
7564 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
7565 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
7566 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
7567 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
7568 && (insn & 3) != 1)
7569 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
7570 && ((insn & 3) == 0 || (insn & 3) == 3)))
7571 {
7572 /* Arrange to apply the reloc addend, if any. */
7573 relocation = 0;
7574 unresolved_reloc = false;
7575 rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, r_type);
7576 }
7577 else
7578 _bfd_error_handler
7579 /* xgettext:c-format */
7580 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64 "): error: "
7581 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7582 input_bfd, input_section, (uint64_t) rel->r_offset,
7583 "R_PPC_ADDR16_LO", insn);
7584 }
7585 }
7586
7587 ifunc = NULL;
7588 if (htab->elf.target_os != is_vxworks)
7589 {
7590 struct plt_entry *ent;
7591
7592 if (h != NULL)
7593 {
7594 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
7595 ifunc = &h->plt.plist;
7596 }
7597 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL
7598 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
7599 {
7600 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
7601
7602 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets
7603 + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
7604 ifunc = local_plt + r_symndx;
7605 }
7606
7607 ent = NULL;
7608 if (ifunc != NULL
7609 && (!bfd_link_pic (info)
7610 || is_branch_reloc (r_type)
7611 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7612 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7613 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA))
7614 {
7615 addend = 0;
7616 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
7617 && (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24
7618 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7619 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7620 || r_type == R_PPC_PLT16_HA))
7621 addend = rel->r_addend;
7622 ent = find_plt_ent (ifunc, got2, addend);
7623 }
7624 if (ent != NULL)
7625 {
7626 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
7627 && ent->sec != got2
7628 && htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW
7629 && (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
7630 || h == NULL
7631 || h->dynindx == -1))
7632 {
7633 /* Uh oh, we are going to create a pic glink stub
7634 for an ifunc (here for h == NULL and later in
7635 finish_dynamic_symbol for h != NULL), and
7636 apparently are using code compiled with
7637 -mbss-plt. The difficulty is that -mbss-plt code
7638 gives no indication via a magic PLTREL24 addend
7639 whether r30 is equal to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or
7640 is pointing into a .got2 section (and how far
7641 into .got2). */
7642 info->callbacks->einfo
7643 /* xgettext:c-format */
7644 (_("%X%H: unsupported bss-plt -fPIC ifunc %s\n"),
7645 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, sym_name);
7646 }
7647
7648 unresolved_reloc = false;
7649 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW
7650 || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
7651 || h == NULL
7652 || h->dynindx == -1)
7653 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
7654 + htab->glink->output_offset
7655 + (ent->glink_offset & ~1));
7656 else
7657 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
7658 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
7659 + ent->plt.offset);
7660 }
7661 }
7662
7663 addend = rel->r_addend;
7664 save_unresolved_reloc = unresolved_reloc;
7665 howto = NULL;
7666 if (r_type < R_PPC_max)
7667 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
7668
7669 tls_type = 0;
7670 switch (r_type)
7671 {
7672 default:
7673 de_fault:
7674 if (howto)
7675 /* xgettext:c-format */
7676 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
7677 input_bfd, howto->name);
7678 else
7679 /* xgettext:c-format */
7680 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: reloc %#x unsupported"),
7681 input_bfd, r_type);
7682
7683 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7684 ret = false;
7685 goto copy_reloc;
7686
7687 case R_PPC_NONE:
7688 case R_PPC_TLS:
7689 case R_PPC_TLSGD:
7690 case R_PPC_TLSLD:
7691 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF:
7692 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
7693 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY:
7694 goto copy_reloc;
7695
7696 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's
7697 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the
7698 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the
7699 symbol and put the symbol value there. */
7700 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
7701 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
7702 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI:
7703 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
7704 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD;
7705 goto dogot;
7706
7707 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
7708 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
7709 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI:
7710 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
7711 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD;
7712 goto dogot;
7713
7714 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
7715 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
7716 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI:
7717 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
7718 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
7719 goto dogot;
7720
7721 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16:
7722 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO:
7723 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI:
7724 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
7725 tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL;
7726 goto dogot;
7727
7728 case R_PPC_GOT16:
7729 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO:
7730 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI:
7731 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA:
7732 tls_mask = 0;
7733 dogot:
7734 {
7735 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
7736 offset table. */
7737 bfd_vma off;
7738 bfd_vma *offp;
7739 unsigned long indx;
7740
7741 if (htab->elf.sgot == NULL)
7742 abort ();
7743
7744 indx = 0;
7745 if (tls_type == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)
7746 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7747 offp = &htab->tlsld_got.offset;
7748 else if (h != NULL)
7749 {
7750 if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created
7751 || h->dynindx == -1
7752 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)
7753 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
7754 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
7755 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
7756 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
7757 because of a version file. */
7758 ;
7759 else
7760 {
7761 indx = h->dynindx;
7762 unresolved_reloc = false;
7763 }
7764 offp = &h->got.offset;
7765 }
7766 else
7767 {
7768 if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
7769 abort ();
7770 offp = &local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
7771 }
7772
7773 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use the
7774 least significant bit to record whether we have already
7775 processed this entry. */
7776 off = *offp;
7777 if ((off & 1) != 0)
7778 off &= ~1;
7779 else
7780 {
7781 unsigned int tls_m = ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0
7782 ? tls_mask & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD | TLS_DTPREL
7783 | TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE)
7784 : 0);
7785
7786 if (offp == &htab->tlsld_got.offset)
7787 tls_m = TLS_LD;
7788 else if ((tls_m & TLS_LD) != 0
7789 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7790 tls_m &= ~TLS_LD;
7791
7792 /* We might have multiple got entries for this sym.
7793 Initialize them all. */
7794 do
7795 {
7796 int tls_ty = 0;
7797
7798 if ((tls_m & TLS_LD) != 0)
7799 {
7800 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD;
7801 tls_m &= ~TLS_LD;
7802 }
7803 else if ((tls_m & TLS_GD) != 0)
7804 {
7805 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD;
7806 tls_m &= ~TLS_GD;
7807 }
7808 else if ((tls_m & TLS_DTPREL) != 0)
7809 {
7810 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL;
7811 tls_m &= ~TLS_DTPREL;
7812 }
7813 else if ((tls_m & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_GDIE)) != 0)
7814 {
7815 tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL;
7816 tls_m = 0;
7817 }
7818
7819 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker. */
7820 if (indx != 0
7821 || (bfd_link_pic (info)
7822 && (h == NULL
7823 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info, h))
7824 && !(tls_ty != 0
7825 && bfd_link_executable (info)
7826 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7827 && (h != NULL
7828 ? !bfd_is_abs_symbol (&h->root)
7829 : sym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS)))
7830 {
7831 asection *rsec = htab->elf.srelgot;
7832
7833 if (ifunc != NULL)
7834 {
7835 rsec = htab->elf.irelplt;
7836 if (indx == 0)
7837 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
7838 else if (is_static_defined (h))
7839 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
7840 }
7841 outrel.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
7842 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
7843 + off);
7844 outrel.r_addend = 0;
7845 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD))
7846 {
7847 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPMOD32);
7848 if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD))
7849 {
7850 BFD_ASSERT (count_and_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd,
7851 &outrel,
7852 rsec));
7853 outrel.r_offset += 4;
7854 outrel.r_info
7855 = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPREL32);
7856 }
7857 }
7858 else if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL))
7859 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPREL32);
7860 else if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL))
7861 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_TPREL32);
7862 else if (indx != 0)
7863 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_GLOB_DAT);
7864 else if (ifunc != NULL)
7865 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
7866 else
7867 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
7868 if (indx == 0 && tls_ty != (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
7869 {
7870 outrel.r_addend += relocation;
7871 if (tls_ty & (TLS_GD | TLS_DTPREL | TLS_TPREL))
7872 {
7873 if (htab->elf.tls_sec == NULL)
7874 outrel.r_addend = 0;
7875 else
7876 outrel.r_addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma;
7877 }
7878 }
7879 BFD_ASSERT (count_and_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd,
7880 &outrel, rsec));
7881 }
7882
7883 /* Init the .got section contents if we're not
7884 emitting a reloc. */
7885 else
7886 {
7887 bfd_vma value = relocation;
7888
7889 if (tls_ty != 0)
7890 {
7891 if (htab->elf.tls_sec == NULL)
7892 value = 0;
7893 else
7894 {
7895 if (tls_ty & TLS_LD)
7896 value = 0;
7897 else
7898 value -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
7899 if (tls_ty & TLS_TPREL)
7900 value += DTP_OFFSET - TP_OFFSET;
7901 }
7902
7903 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD))
7904 {
7905 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, value,
7906 htab->elf.sgot->contents + off + 4);
7907 value = 1;
7908 }
7909 }
7910 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, value,
7911 htab->elf.sgot->contents + off);
7912 }
7913
7914 off += 4;
7915 if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD))
7916 off += 4;
7917 }
7918 while (tls_m != 0);
7919
7920 off = *offp;
7921 *offp = off | 1;
7922 }
7923
7924 if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
7925 abort ();
7926
7927 if ((tls_type & TLS_TLS) != 0)
7928 {
7929 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD))
7930 {
7931 if ((tls_mask & TLS_LD) != 0
7932 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7933 off += 8;
7934 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD))
7935 {
7936 if ((tls_mask & TLS_GD) != 0)
7937 off += 8;
7938 if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL))
7939 {
7940 if ((tls_mask & TLS_DTPREL) != 0)
7941 off += 4;
7942 }
7943 }
7944 }
7945 }
7946
7947 /* If here for a picfixup, we're done. */
7948 if (r_type != ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
7949 goto copy_reloc;
7950
7951 relocation = (htab->elf.sgot->output_section->vma
7952 + htab->elf.sgot->output_offset
7953 + off
7954 - SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot));
7955
7956 /* Addends on got relocations don't make much sense.
7957 x+off@got is actually x@got+off, and since the got is
7958 generated by a hash table traversal, the value in the
7959 got at entry m+n bears little relation to the entry m. */
7960 if (addend != 0)
7961 info->callbacks->einfo
7962 /* xgettext:c-format */
7963 (_("%H: non-zero addend on %s reloc against `%s'\n"),
7964 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
7965 howto->name,
7966 sym_name);
7967 }
7968 break;
7969
7970 /* Relocations that need no special processing. */
7971 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC:
7972 /* It makes no sense to point a local relocation
7973 at a symbol not in this object. */
7974 if (unresolved_reloc)
7975 {
7976 (*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol) (info,
7977 h->root.root.string,
7978 input_bfd,
7979 input_section,
7980 rel->r_offset,
7981 true);
7982 goto copy_reloc;
7983 }
7984 if (h != NULL && h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && bfd_link_pic (info))
7985 {
7986 /* @local on an ifunc does not really make sense since
7987 the ifunc resolver can take you anywhere. More
7988 seriously, calls to ifuncs must go through a plt call
7989 stub, and for pic the plt call stubs uses r30 to
7990 access the PLT. The problem is that a call that is
7991 local won't have the +32k reloc addend trick marking
7992 -fPIC code, so the linker won't know whether r30 is
7993 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or pointing into a .got2 section. */
7994 /* xgettext:c-format */
7995 info->callbacks->einfo (_("%X%H: @local call to ifunc %s\n"),
7996 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
7997 h->root.root.string);
7998 }
7999 break;
8000
8001 case R_PPC_DTPREL16:
8002 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO:
8003 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI:
8004 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA:
8005 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
8006 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
8007 break;
8008
8009 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a shared
8010 object. */
8011 case R_PPC_TPREL16:
8012 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
8013 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI:
8014 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
8015 if (h != NULL
8016 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
8017 && h->dynindx == -1
8018 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
8019 {
8020 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol
8021 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since
8022 code using weak externs ought to check that they are
8023 defined before using them. */
8024 bfd_byte *p = contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset;
8025 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p);
8026 insn = _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn, 2);
8027 if (insn != 0)
8028 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p);
8029 break;
8030 }
8031 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
8032 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
8033 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared
8034 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in
8035 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */
8036 goto dodyn;
8037
8038 case R_PPC_TPREL32:
8039 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
8040 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
8041 goto dodyn;
8042
8043 case R_PPC_DTPREL32:
8044 if (htab->elf.tls_sec != NULL)
8045 addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
8046 goto dodyn;
8047
8048 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32:
8049 relocation = 1;
8050 addend = 0;
8051 goto dodyn;
8052
8053 case R_PPC_REL16:
8054 case R_PPC_REL16_LO:
8055 case R_PPC_REL16_HI:
8056 case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
8057 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA:
8058 break;
8059
8060 case R_PPC_REL32:
8061 if (h == NULL || h == htab->elf.hgot)
8062 break;
8063 /* fall through */
8064
8065 case R_PPC_ADDR32:
8066 case R_PPC_ADDR16:
8067 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO:
8068 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI:
8069 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
8070 case R_PPC_UADDR32:
8071 case R_PPC_UADDR16:
8072 goto dodyn;
8073
8074 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8:
8075 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15:
8076 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24:
8077 case R_PPC_REL24:
8078 case R_PPC_REL14:
8079 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN:
8080 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
8081 /* If these relocations are not to a named symbol, they can be
8082 handled right here, no need to bother the dynamic linker. */
8083 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
8084 || h == htab->elf.hgot)
8085 break;
8086 /* fall through */
8087
8088 case R_PPC_ADDR24:
8089 case R_PPC_ADDR14:
8090 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN:
8091 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN:
8092 if (h != NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info))
8093 break;
8094 /* fall through */
8095
8096 dodyn:
8097 if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
8098 || is_vxworks_tls)
8099 break;
8100
8101 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
8102 ? ((h == NULL
8103 || h->dyn_relocs != NULL)
8104 && ((h != NULL && pc_dynrelocs (h))
8105 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type)))
8106 : (h != NULL
8107 && h->dyn_relocs != NULL))
8108 {
8109 int skip;
8110 asection *sreloc;
8111 long indx = 0;
8112
8113 #ifdef DEBUG
8114 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_relocate_section needs to "
8115 "create relocation for %s\n",
8116 (h && h->root.root.string
8117 ? h->root.root.string : "<unknown>"));
8118 #endif
8119
8120 /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
8121 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
8122 time. */
8123 skip = 0;
8124 outrel.r_offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
8125 input_section,
8126 rel->r_offset);
8127 if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1
8128 || outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
8129 skip = (int) outrel.r_offset;
8130 outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
8131 + input_section->output_offset);
8132
8133 /* Optimize unaligned reloc use. */
8134 if ((r_type == R_PPC_ADDR32 && (outrel.r_offset & 3) != 0)
8135 || (r_type == R_PPC_UADDR32 && (outrel.r_offset & 3) == 0))
8136 r_type ^= R_PPC_ADDR32 ^ R_PPC_UADDR32;
8137 if ((r_type == R_PPC_ADDR16 && (outrel.r_offset & 1) != 0)
8138 || (r_type == R_PPC_UADDR16 && (outrel.r_offset & 1) == 0))
8139 r_type ^= R_PPC_ADDR16 ^ R_PPC_UADDR16;
8140
8141 if (skip)
8142 memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
8143 else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
8144 {
8145 indx = h->dynindx;
8146 BFD_ASSERT (indx != -1);
8147 unresolved_reloc = false;
8148 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type);
8149 outrel.r_addend = rel->r_addend;
8150 }
8151 else
8152 {
8153 outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend;
8154
8155 if (r_type != R_PPC_ADDR32)
8156 {
8157 if (ifunc != NULL)
8158 {
8159 /* If we get here when building a static
8160 executable, then the libc startup function
8161 responsible for applying indirect function
8162 relocations is going to complain about
8163 the reloc type.
8164 If we get here when building a dynamic
8165 executable, it will be because we have
8166 a text relocation. The dynamic loader
8167 will set the text segment writable and
8168 non-executable to apply text relocations.
8169 So we'll segfault when trying to run the
8170 indirection function to resolve the reloc. */
8171 info->callbacks->einfo
8172 /* xgettext:c-format */
8173 (_("%H: relocation %s for indirect "
8174 "function %s unsupported\n"),
8175 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8176 howto->name,
8177 sym_name);
8178 ret = false;
8179 }
8180 else if (r_symndx == STN_UNDEF || bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
8181 ;
8182 else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
8183 {
8184 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8185 ret = false;
8186 }
8187 else
8188 {
8189 asection *osec;
8190
8191 /* We are turning this relocation into one
8192 against a section symbol. It would be
8193 proper to subtract the symbol's value,
8194 osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend,
8195 but ld.so expects buggy relocs.
8196 FIXME: Why not always use a zero index? */
8197 osec = sec->output_section;
8198 if ((osec->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
8199 {
8200 osec = htab->elf.tls_sec;
8201 indx = 0;
8202 }
8203 else
8204 {
8205 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
8206 if (indx == 0)
8207 {
8208 osec = htab->elf.text_index_section;
8209 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
8210 }
8211 BFD_ASSERT (indx != 0);
8212 }
8213
8214 /* ld.so doesn't expect buggy TLS relocs.
8215 Don't leave the symbol value in the
8216 addend for them. */
8217 if (IS_PPC_TLS_RELOC (r_type))
8218 outrel.r_addend -= osec->vma;
8219 }
8220
8221 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type);
8222 }
8223 else if (ifunc != NULL)
8224 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
8225 else
8226 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
8227 }
8228
8229 sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
8230 if (ifunc)
8231 {
8232 sreloc = htab->elf.irelplt;
8233 if (indx == 0)
8234 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
8235 else if (is_static_defined (h))
8236 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
8237 }
8238 if (sreloc == NULL)
8239 return false;
8240
8241 BFD_ASSERT (count_and_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &outrel,
8242 sreloc));
8243
8244 if (skip == -1)
8245 goto copy_reloc;
8246
8247 /* This reloc will be computed at runtime. Clear the memory
8248 so that it contains a predictable value for prelink. */
8249 if (!skip)
8250 {
8251 relocation = howto->pc_relative ? outrel.r_offset : 0;
8252 addend = 0;
8253 break;
8254 }
8255 }
8256 break;
8257
8258 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT:
8259 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24:
8260 if (h != NULL)
8261 {
8262 struct plt_entry *ent;
8263 bfd_vma got2_addend = 0;
8264
8265 if (r_type == R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24)
8266 {
8267 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
8268 got2_addend = addend;
8269 addend = 0;
8270 }
8271 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, got2, got2_addend);
8272 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
8273 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
8274 + htab->glink->output_offset
8275 + ent->glink_offset);
8276 else
8277 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
8278 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
8279 + ent->plt.offset);
8280 }
8281 /* Fall through. */
8282
8283 case R_PPC_RELAX:
8284 if (bfd_link_pic (info)
8285 ? offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - 12,
8286 ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry) * 4)
8287 : offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset,
8288 ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry) * 4))
8289 {
8290 const int *stub;
8291 size_t size;
8292 size_t insn_offset = rel->r_offset;
8293 unsigned int insn;
8294
8295 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
8296 {
8297 relocation -= (input_section->output_section->vma
8298 + input_section->output_offset
8299 + rel->r_offset - 4);
8300 stub = shared_stub_entry;
8301 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[0], contents + insn_offset - 12);
8302 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[1], contents + insn_offset - 8);
8303 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, stub[2], contents + insn_offset - 4);
8304 stub += 3;
8305 size = ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry) - 3;
8306 }
8307 else
8308 {
8309 stub = stub_entry;
8310 size = ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry);
8311 }
8312
8313 relocation += addend;
8314 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
8315 relocation = 0;
8316
8317 /* First insn is HA, second is LO. */
8318 insn = *stub++;
8319 insn |= ((relocation + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
8320 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset);
8321 insn_offset += 4;
8322
8323 insn = *stub++;
8324 insn |= relocation & 0xffff;
8325 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset);
8326 insn_offset += 4;
8327 size -= 2;
8328
8329 while (size != 0)
8330 {
8331 insn = *stub++;
8332 --size;
8333 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + insn_offset);
8334 insn_offset += 4;
8335 }
8336
8337 /* Rewrite the reloc and convert one of the trailing nop
8338 relocs to describe this relocation. */
8339 BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_NONE);
8340 /* The relocs are at the bottom 2 bytes */
8341 wrel->r_offset = rel->r_offset + d_offset;
8342 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
8343 wrel->r_addend = rel->r_addend;
8344 memmove (wrel + 1, wrel, (relend - wrel - 1) * sizeof (*wrel));
8345 wrel++, rel++;
8346 wrel->r_offset += 4;
8347 wrel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
8348 }
8349 else
8350 goto de_fault;
8351 continue;
8352
8353 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
8354 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16:
8355 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sdata[0].section != NULL);
8356 if (!is_static_defined (htab->sdata[0].sym))
8357 {
8358 unresolved_reloc = true;
8359 break;
8360 }
8361 relocation
8362 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd, &htab->sdata[0],
8363 h, relocation, rel);
8364 addend = 0;
8365 break;
8366
8367 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
8368 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16:
8369 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sdata[1].section != NULL);
8370 if (!is_static_defined (htab->sdata[1].sym))
8371 {
8372 unresolved_reloc = true;
8373 break;
8374 }
8375 relocation
8376 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd, &htab->sdata[1],
8377 h, relocation, rel);
8378 addend = 0;
8379 break;
8380
8381 /* Handle the TOC16 reloc. We want to use the offset within the .got
8382 section, not the actual VMA. This is appropriate when generating
8383 an embedded ELF object, for which the .got section acts like the
8384 AIX .toc section. */
8385 case R_PPC_TOC16: /* phony GOT16 relocations */
8386 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
8387 {
8388 unresolved_reloc = true;
8389 break;
8390 }
8391 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec), ".got") == 0
8392 || strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec), ".cgot") == 0);
8393
8394 addend -= sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset + 0x8000;
8395 break;
8396
8397 case R_PPC_PLTREL24:
8398 if (h != NULL && ifunc == NULL)
8399 {
8400 struct plt_entry *ent;
8401
8402 ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, got2,
8403 bfd_link_pic (info) ? addend : 0);
8404 if (ent == NULL
8405 || htab->elf.splt == NULL)
8406 {
8407 /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
8408 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
8409 using -Bsymbolic. */
8410 }
8411 else
8412 {
8413 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
8414 procedure linkage table. */
8415 unresolved_reloc = false;
8416 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW)
8417 relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
8418 + htab->glink->output_offset
8419 + ent->glink_offset);
8420 else
8421 relocation = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
8422 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
8423 + ent->plt.offset);
8424 }
8425 }
8426
8427 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
8428 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2.
8429 Don't apply it to the relocation field. */
8430 addend = 0;
8431 break;
8432
8433 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ:
8434 case R_PPC_PLTCALL:
8435 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO:
8436 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI:
8437 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
8438 plt_list = NULL;
8439 if (h != NULL)
8440 plt_list = &h->plt.plist;
8441 else if (ifunc != NULL)
8442 plt_list = ifunc;
8443 else if (local_got_offsets != NULL)
8444 {
8445 struct plt_entry **local_plt;
8446 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets
8447 + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
8448 plt_list = local_plt + r_symndx;
8449 }
8450 unresolved_reloc = true;
8451 if (plt_list != NULL)
8452 {
8453 struct plt_entry *ent;
8454
8455 ent = find_plt_ent (plt_list, got2,
8456 bfd_link_pic (info) ? addend : 0);
8457 if (ent != NULL && ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
8458 {
8459 asection *plt;
8460
8461 unresolved_reloc = false;
8462 plt = htab->elf.splt;
8463 if (use_local_plt (info, h))
8464 {
8465 if (ifunc != NULL)
8466 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
8467 else
8468 plt = htab->pltlocal;
8469 }
8470 relocation = (plt->output_section->vma
8471 + plt->output_offset
8472 + ent->plt.offset);
8473 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
8474 {
8475 bfd_vma got = 0;
8476
8477 if (ent->addend >= 32768)
8478 got = (ent->addend
8479 + ent->sec->output_section->vma
8480 + ent->sec->output_offset);
8481 else
8482 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
8483 relocation -= got;
8484 }
8485 }
8486 }
8487 addend = 0;
8488 break;
8489
8490 /* Relocate against _SDA_BASE_. */
8491 case R_PPC_SDAREL16:
8492 {
8493 const char *name;
8494 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
8495
8496 if (sec == NULL
8497 || sec->output_section == NULL
8498 || !is_static_defined (sda))
8499 {
8500 unresolved_reloc = true;
8501 break;
8502 }
8503 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda);
8504
8505 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section);
8506 if (!(strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
8507 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0))
8508 {
8509 _bfd_error_handler
8510 /* xgettext:c-format */
8511 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8512 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8513 input_bfd,
8514 sym_name,
8515 howto->name,
8516 name);
8517 }
8518 }
8519 break;
8520
8521 /* Relocate against _SDA2_BASE_. */
8522 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL:
8523 {
8524 const char *name;
8525 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
8526
8527 if (sec == NULL
8528 || sec->output_section == NULL
8529 || !is_static_defined (sda))
8530 {
8531 unresolved_reloc = true;
8532 break;
8533 }
8534 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda);
8535
8536 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section);
8537 if (!(strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0
8538 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0))
8539 {
8540 _bfd_error_handler
8541 /* xgettext:c-format */
8542 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8543 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8544 input_bfd,
8545 sym_name,
8546 howto->name,
8547 name);
8548 }
8549 }
8550 break;
8551
8552 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A:
8553 relocation = relocation + addend;
8554 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8555 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8556 split16a_type,
8557 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8558 goto report_reloc;
8559
8560 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D:
8561 relocation = relocation + addend;
8562 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8563 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8564 split16d_type,
8565 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8566 goto report_reloc;
8567
8568 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A:
8569 relocation = (relocation + addend) >> 16;
8570 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8571 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8572 split16a_type,
8573 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8574 goto report_reloc;
8575
8576 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D:
8577 relocation = (relocation + addend) >> 16;
8578 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8579 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8580 split16d_type,
8581 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8582 goto report_reloc;
8583
8584 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A:
8585 relocation = (relocation + addend + 0x8000) >> 16;
8586 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8587 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8588 split16a_type,
8589 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8590 goto report_reloc;
8591
8592 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D:
8593 relocation = (relocation + addend + 0x8000) >> 16;
8594 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8595 contents + rel->r_offset, relocation,
8596 split16d_type,
8597 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8598 goto report_reloc;
8599
8600 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_, _SDA2_BASE_, or 0. */
8601 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21:
8602 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21:
8603 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA:
8604 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO:
8605 if (!offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
8606 {
8607 r = bfd_reloc_outofrange;
8608 goto report_reloc;
8609 }
8610 else
8611 {
8612 const char *name;
8613 int reg;
8614 unsigned int insn;
8615 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = NULL;
8616
8617 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
8618 {
8619 unresolved_reloc = true;
8620 break;
8621 }
8622
8623 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section);
8624 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
8625 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
8626 {
8627 reg = 13;
8628 sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
8629 }
8630 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0
8631 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0)
8632 {
8633 reg = 2;
8634 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
8635 }
8636 else if (strcmp (name, ".PPC.EMB.sdata0") == 0
8637 || strcmp (name, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0") == 0)
8638 {
8639 reg = 0;
8640 }
8641 else
8642 {
8643 _bfd_error_handler
8644 /* xgettext:c-format */
8645 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8646 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8647 input_bfd,
8648 sym_name,
8649 howto->name,
8650 name);
8651
8652 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8653 ret = false;
8654 goto copy_reloc;
8655 }
8656
8657 if (sda != NULL)
8658 {
8659 if (!is_static_defined (sda))
8660 {
8661 unresolved_reloc = true;
8662 break;
8663 }
8664 addend -= SYM_VAL (sda);
8665 }
8666
8667 if (r_type == R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA)
8668 break;
8669
8670 /* The PowerPC Embedded Application Binary Interface
8671 version 1.0 insanely chose to specify R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
8672 operating on a 24-bit field at r_offset. GNU as and
8673 GNU ld have always assumed R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 operates on
8674 a 32-bit bit insn at r_offset. Cope with object file
8675 producers that possibly comply with the EABI in
8676 generating an odd r_offset for big-endian objects. */
8677 if (r_type == R_PPC_EMB_SDA21)
8678 rel->r_offset &= ~1;
8679
8680 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
8681 if (reg == 0
8682 && (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8683 || r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO))
8684 {
8685 relocation = relocation + addend;
8686 addend = 0;
8687
8688 /* Force e_li insn, keeping RT from original insn. */
8689 insn &= 0x1f << 21;
8690 insn |= 28u << 26;
8691
8692 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
8693 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
8694 insn |= (relocation & 0xf0000) >> 5;
8695 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
8696 insn |= (relocation & 0xf800) << 5;
8697 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
8698 insn |= relocation & 0x7ff;
8699
8700 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
8701
8702 r = bfd_reloc_ok;
8703 if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8704 && ((relocation + 0x80000) & 0xffffffff) > 0x100000)
8705 r = bfd_reloc_overflow;
8706 goto report_reloc;
8707 }
8708 /* Fill in register field. */
8709 insn = (insn & ~RA_REGISTER_MASK) | (reg << RA_REGISTER_SHIFT);
8710 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
8711 }
8712 break;
8713
8714 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A:
8715 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D:
8716 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A:
8717 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D:
8718 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A:
8719 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D:
8720 if (!offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
8721 r = bfd_reloc_outofrange;
8722 else
8723 {
8724 bfd_vma value;
8725 const char *name;
8726 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = NULL;
8727
8728 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
8729 {
8730 unresolved_reloc = true;
8731 break;
8732 }
8733
8734 name = bfd_section_name (sec->output_section);
8735 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
8736 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
8737 sda = htab->sdata[0].sym;
8738 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata2") == 0
8739 || strcmp (name, ".sbss2") == 0)
8740 sda = htab->sdata[1].sym;
8741 else
8742 {
8743 _bfd_error_handler
8744 /* xgettext:c-format */
8745 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8746 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8747 input_bfd,
8748 sym_name,
8749 howto->name,
8750 name);
8751
8752 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8753 ret = false;
8754 goto copy_reloc;
8755 }
8756
8757 if (sda == NULL || !is_static_defined (sda))
8758 {
8759 unresolved_reloc = true;
8760 break;
8761 }
8762 value = relocation + addend - SYM_VAL (sda);
8763
8764 if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A)
8765 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section,
8766 rel->r_offset,
8767 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8768 split16a_type,
8769 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8770 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D)
8771 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section,
8772 rel->r_offset,
8773 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8774 split16d_type,
8775 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8776 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A)
8777 {
8778 value = value >> 16;
8779 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section,
8780 rel->r_offset,
8781 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8782 split16a_type,
8783 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8784 }
8785 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D)
8786 {
8787 value = value >> 16;
8788 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section,
8789 rel->r_offset,
8790 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8791 split16d_type,
8792 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8793 }
8794 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A)
8795 {
8796 value = (value + 0x8000) >> 16;
8797 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section,
8798 rel->r_offset,
8799 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8800 split16a_type,
8801 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8802 }
8803 else if (r_type == R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D)
8804 {
8805 value = (value + 0x8000) >> 16;
8806 r = ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd, input_section,
8807 rel->r_offset,
8808 contents + rel->r_offset, value,
8809 split16d_type,
8810 htab->params->vle_reloc_fixup);
8811 }
8812 else
8813 abort ();
8814 }
8815 goto report_reloc;
8816
8817 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20:
8818 if (!offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
8819 r = bfd_reloc_outofrange;
8820 else
8821 {
8822 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (output_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset,
8823 relocation);
8824 r = bfd_reloc_ok;
8825 }
8826 goto report_reloc;
8827
8828 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */
8829 case R_PPC_SECTOFF:
8830 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO:
8831 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI:
8832 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA:
8833 if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL)
8834 {
8835 unresolved_reloc = true;
8836 break;
8837 }
8838 addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
8839 break;
8840
8841 /* Negative relocations. */
8842 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32:
8843 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16:
8844 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO:
8845 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI:
8846 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA:
8847 addend -= 2 * relocation;
8848 break;
8849
8850 case R_PPC_COPY:
8851 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT:
8852 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT:
8853 case R_PPC_RELATIVE:
8854 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE:
8855 case R_PPC_PLT32:
8856 case R_PPC_PLTREL32:
8857 case R_PPC_ADDR30:
8858 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16:
8859 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO:
8860 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI:
8861 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA:
8862 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD:
8863 /* xgettext:c-format */
8864 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
8865 input_bfd, howto->name);
8866
8867 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
8868 ret = false;
8869 goto copy_reloc;
8870 }
8871
8872 switch (r_type)
8873 {
8874 default:
8875 break;
8876
8877 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
8878 if (htab->do_tls_opt
8879 && relocation + addend + 0x8000 < 0x10000
8880 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset & ~3, 4))
8881
8882 {
8883 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3);
8884 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, p);
8885 }
8886 break;
8887
8888 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
8889 if (htab->do_tls_opt
8890 && relocation + addend + 0x8000 < 0x10000
8891 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset & ~3, 4))
8892 {
8893 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3);
8894 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p);
8895 insn &= ~(0x1f << 16);
8896 insn |= 2 << 16;
8897 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, p);
8898 }
8899 break;
8900 }
8901
8902 switch (r_type)
8903 {
8904 default:
8905 break;
8906
8907 case R_PPC_PLTCALL:
8908 if (unresolved_reloc)
8909 {
8910 if (offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
8911 {
8912 bfd_byte *p = contents + rel->r_offset;
8913 unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, p);
8914 insn &= 1;
8915 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B | insn, p);
8916 unresolved_reloc = save_unresolved_reloc;
8917 r_type = R_PPC_REL24;
8918 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
8919 }
8920 }
8921 else if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW)
8922 info->callbacks->einfo
8923 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8924 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8925 howto->name);
8926 break;
8927
8928 case R_PPC_PLTSEQ:
8929 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
8930 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO:
8931 if (unresolved_reloc)
8932 {
8933 if (offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset & ~3, 4))
8934 {
8935 bfd_byte *p = contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3);
8936 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, NOP, p);
8937 unresolved_reloc = false;
8938 r_type = R_PPC_NONE;
8939 howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type];
8940 }
8941 }
8942 else if (htab->plt_type != PLT_NEW)
8943 info->callbacks->einfo
8944 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8945 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
8946 howto->name);
8947 break;
8948 }
8949
8950 /* Do any further special processing. */
8951 switch (r_type)
8952 {
8953 default:
8954 break;
8955
8956 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
8957 case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
8958 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA:
8959 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA:
8960 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA:
8961 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA:
8962 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA:
8963 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA:
8964 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol
8965 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case,
8966 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol
8967 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */
8968 if (sec == NULL)
8969 break;
8970 /* Fall through. */
8971
8972 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA:
8973 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA:
8974 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA:
8975 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA:
8976 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA:
8977 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA:
8978 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set.
8979 Bits 0:15 are not used. */
8980 addend += 0x8000;
8981 break;
8982
8983 case R_PPC_ADDR16:
8984 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO:
8985 case R_PPC_GOT16:
8986 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO:
8987 case R_PPC_SDAREL16:
8988 case R_PPC_SECTOFF:
8989 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO:
8990 case R_PPC_DTPREL16:
8991 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO:
8992 case R_PPC_TPREL16:
8993 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO:
8994 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16:
8995 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO:
8996 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16:
8997 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO:
8998 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16:
8999 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO:
9000 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16:
9001 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO:
9002 if (offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset - d_offset, 4))
9003 {
9004 /* The 32-bit ABI lacks proper relocations to deal with
9005 certain 64-bit instructions. Prevent damage to bits
9006 that make up part of the insn opcode. */
9007 unsigned int insn, mask, lobit;
9008
9009 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd,
9010 contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset);
9011 mask = 0;
9012 if (is_insn_ds_form (insn))
9013 mask = 3;
9014 else if (is_insn_dq_form (insn))
9015 mask = 15;
9016 else
9017 break;
9018 relocation += addend;
9019 addend = insn & mask;
9020 lobit = mask & relocation;
9021 if (lobit != 0)
9022 {
9023 relocation ^= lobit;
9024 info->callbacks->einfo
9025 /* xgettext:c-format */
9026 (_("%H: error: %s against `%s' not a multiple of %u\n"),
9027 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
9028 howto->name, sym_name, mask + 1);
9029 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
9030 ret = false;
9031 }
9032 }
9033 break;
9034 }
9035
9036 #ifdef DEBUG
9037 fprintf (stderr, "\ttype = %s (%d), name = %s, symbol index = %ld, "
9038 "offset = %ld, addend = %ld\n",
9039 howto->name,
9040 (int) r_type,
9041 sym_name,
9042 r_symndx,
9043 (long) rel->r_offset,
9044 (long) addend);
9045 #endif
9046
9047 if (unresolved_reloc
9048 && !((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
9049 && h->def_dynamic)
9050 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
9051 rel->r_offset) != (bfd_vma) -1)
9052 {
9053 info->callbacks->einfo
9054 /* xgettext:c-format */
9055 (_("%H: unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'\n"),
9056 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
9057 howto->name,
9058 sym_name);
9059 ret = false;
9060 }
9061
9062 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a
9063 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should
9064 have different reloc types. */
9065 if (howto->complain_on_overflow != complain_overflow_dont
9066 && howto->dst_mask == 0xffff
9067 && (input_section->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
9068 && offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset & ~3, 4))
9069 {
9070 enum complain_overflow complain = complain_overflow_signed;
9071
9072 if ((elf_section_flags (input_section) & SHF_PPC_VLE) == 0)
9073 {
9074 unsigned int insn;
9075
9076 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + (rel->r_offset & ~3));
9077 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */)
9078 complain = complain_overflow_bitfield;
9079 else if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */
9080 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */
9081 || (insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */)
9082 complain = complain_overflow_unsigned;
9083 }
9084 if (howto->complain_on_overflow != complain)
9085 {
9086 alt_howto = *howto;
9087 alt_howto.complain_on_overflow = complain;
9088 howto = &alt_howto;
9089 }
9090 }
9091
9092 if (r_type == R_PPC_REL16DX_HA)
9093 {
9094 /* Split field reloc isn't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */
9095 if (offset_in_range (input_section, rel->r_offset, 4))
9096 r = bfd_reloc_outofrange;
9097 else
9098 {
9099 unsigned int insn;
9100
9101 relocation += addend;
9102 relocation -= (rel->r_offset
9103 + input_section->output_offset
9104 + input_section->output_section->vma);
9105 relocation >>= 16;
9106 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
9107 insn &= ~0x1fffc1;
9108 insn |= (relocation & 0xffc1) | ((relocation & 0x3e) << 15);
9109 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset);
9110 r = bfd_reloc_ok;
9111 }
9112 }
9113 else
9114 r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
9115 rel->r_offset, relocation, addend);
9116
9117 report_reloc:
9118 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
9119 {
9120 if (r == bfd_reloc_overflow)
9121 {
9122 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow
9123 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */
9124 if (!warned
9125 && !(h != NULL
9126 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
9127 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
9128 && is_branch_reloc (r_type)))
9129 info->callbacks->reloc_overflow
9130 (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), sym_name, howto->name,
9131 rel->r_addend, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
9132 }
9133 else
9134 {
9135 info->callbacks->einfo
9136 /* xgettext:c-format */
9137 (_("%H: %s reloc against `%s': error %d\n"),
9138 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
9139 howto->name, sym_name, (int) r);
9140 ret = false;
9141 }
9142 }
9143 copy_reloc:
9144 if (wrel != rel)
9145 *wrel = *rel;
9146 }
9147
9148 if (wrel != rel)
9149 {
9150 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
9151 size_t deleted = rel - wrel;
9152
9153 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section->output_section);
9154 rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted;
9155 if (rel_hdr->sh_size == 0)
9156 {
9157 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave
9158 one NONE reloc.
9159 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */
9160 rel_hdr->sh_size = rel_hdr->sh_entsize;
9161 deleted -= 1;
9162 wrel++;
9163 }
9164 relend = wrel;
9165 rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section);
9166 rel_hdr->sh_size -= rel_hdr->sh_entsize * deleted;
9167 input_section->reloc_count -= deleted;
9168 }
9169
9170 #ifdef DEBUG
9171 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
9172 #endif
9173
9174 if (input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9175 && input_section->size != input_section->rawsize
9176 && (strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, ".init") == 0
9177 || strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, ".fini") == 0))
9178 {
9179 /* Branch around the trampolines. */
9180 unsigned int insn = B + input_section->size - input_section->rawsize;
9181 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + input_section->rawsize);
9182 }
9183
9184 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround
9185 && input_section->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9186 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (info)
9187 || (input_section->output_section->alignment_power
9188 >= htab->params->pagesize_p2)))
9189 {
9190 bfd_vma start_addr, end_addr, addr;
9191 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2;
9192
9193 if (relax_info->workaround_size != 0)
9194 {
9195 bfd_byte *p;
9196 unsigned int n;
9197 bfd_byte fill[4];
9198
9199 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, BA, fill);
9200 p = contents + input_section->size - relax_info->workaround_size;
9201 n = relax_info->workaround_size >> 2;
9202 while (n--)
9203 {
9204 memcpy (p, fill, 4);
9205 p += 4;
9206 }
9207 }
9208
9209 /* The idea is: Replace the last instruction on a page with a
9210 branch to a patch area. Put the insn there followed by a
9211 branch back to the next page. Complicated a little by
9212 needing to handle moved conditional branches, and by not
9213 wanting to touch data-in-text. */
9214
9215 start_addr = (input_section->output_section->vma
9216 + input_section->output_offset);
9217 end_addr = (start_addr + input_section->size
9218 - relax_info->workaround_size);
9219 for (addr = ((start_addr & -pagesize) + pagesize - 4);
9220 addr < end_addr;
9221 addr += pagesize)
9222 {
9223 bfd_vma offset = addr - start_addr;
9224 Elf_Internal_Rela *lo, *hi;
9225 bool is_data;
9226 bfd_vma patch_off, patch_addr;
9227 unsigned int insn;
9228
9229 /* Do we have a data reloc at this offset? If so, leave
9230 the word alone. */
9231 is_data = false;
9232 lo = relocs;
9233 hi = relend;
9234 rel = NULL;
9235 while (lo < hi)
9236 {
9237 rel = lo + (hi - lo) / 2;
9238 if (rel->r_offset < offset)
9239 lo = rel + 1;
9240 else if (rel->r_offset > offset + 3)
9241 hi = rel;
9242 else
9243 {
9244 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
9245 {
9246 case R_PPC_ADDR32:
9247 case R_PPC_UADDR32:
9248 case R_PPC_REL32:
9249 case R_PPC_ADDR30:
9250 is_data = true;
9251 break;
9252 default:
9253 break;
9254 }
9255 break;
9256 }
9257 }
9258 if (is_data)
9259 continue;
9260
9261 /* Some instructions can be left alone too. Unconditional
9262 branches, except for bcctr with BO=0x14 (bctr, bctrl),
9263 avoid the icache failure.
9264
9265 The problem occurs due to prefetch across a page boundary
9266 where stale instructions can be fetched from the next
9267 page, and the mechanism for flushing these bad
9268 instructions fails under certain circumstances. The
9269 unconditional branches:
9270 1) Branch: b, bl, ba, bla,
9271 2) Branch Conditional: bc, bca, bcl, bcla,
9272 3) Branch Conditional to Link Register: bclr, bclrl,
9273 where (2) and (3) have BO=0x14 making them unconditional,
9274 prevent the bad prefetch because the prefetch itself is
9275 affected by these instructions. This happens even if the
9276 instruction is not executed.
9277
9278 A bctr example:
9279 .
9280 . lis 9,new_page@ha
9281 . addi 9,9,new_page@l
9282 . mtctr 9
9283 . bctr
9284 . nop
9285 . nop
9286 . new_page:
9287 .
9288 The bctr is not predicted taken due to ctr not being
9289 ready, so prefetch continues on past the bctr into the
9290 new page which might have stale instructions. If they
9291 fail to be flushed, then they will be executed after the
9292 bctr executes. Either of the following modifications
9293 prevent the bad prefetch from happening in the first
9294 place:
9295 .
9296 . lis 9,new_page@ha lis 9,new_page@ha
9297 . addi 9,9,new_page@l addi 9,9,new_page@l
9298 . mtctr 9 mtctr 9
9299 . bctr bctr
9300 . nop b somewhere_else
9301 . b somewhere_else nop
9302 . new_page: new_page:
9303 . */
9304 insn = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + offset);
9305 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (18u << 26) /* b,bl,ba,bla */
9306 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc,bcl,bca,bcla*/
9307 && (insn & (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)) /* with BO=0x14 */
9308 || ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (19u << 26)
9309 && (insn & (0x3ff << 1)) == (16u << 1) /* bclr,bclrl */
9310 && (insn & (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)))/* with BO=0x14 */
9311 continue;
9312
9313 patch_addr = (start_addr + input_section->size
9314 - relax_info->workaround_size);
9315 patch_addr = (patch_addr + 15) & -16;
9316 patch_off = patch_addr - start_addr;
9317 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, B + patch_off - offset, contents + offset);
9318
9319 if (rel != NULL
9320 && rel->r_offset >= offset
9321 && rel->r_offset < offset + 4)
9322 {
9323 asection *sreloc;
9324
9325 /* If the insn we are patching had a reloc, adjust the
9326 reloc r_offset so that the reloc applies to the moved
9327 location. This matters for -r and --emit-relocs. */
9328 if (rel + 1 != relend)
9329 {
9330 Elf_Internal_Rela tmp = *rel;
9331
9332 /* Keep the relocs sorted by r_offset. */
9333 memmove (rel, rel + 1, (relend - (rel + 1)) * sizeof (*rel));
9334 relend[-1] = tmp;
9335 }
9336 relend[-1].r_offset += patch_off - offset;
9337
9338 /* Adjust REL16 addends too. */
9339 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info))
9340 {
9341 case R_PPC_REL16:
9342 case R_PPC_REL16_LO:
9343 case R_PPC_REL16_HI:
9344 case R_PPC_REL16_HA:
9345 relend[-1].r_addend += patch_off - offset;
9346 break;
9347 default:
9348 break;
9349 }
9350
9351 /* If we are building a PIE or shared library with
9352 non-PIC objects, perhaps we had a dynamic reloc too?
9353 If so, the dynamic reloc must move with the insn. */
9354 sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
9355 if (sreloc != NULL)
9356 {
9357 Elf32_External_Rela *slo, *shi, *srelend;
9358 bfd_vma soffset;
9359
9360 slo = (Elf32_External_Rela *) sreloc->contents;
9361 shi = srelend = slo + sreloc->reloc_count;
9362 soffset = (offset + input_section->output_section->vma
9363 + input_section->output_offset);
9364 while (slo < shi)
9365 {
9366 Elf32_External_Rela *srel = slo + (shi - slo) / 2;
9367 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, (bfd_byte *) srel,
9368 &outrel);
9369 if (outrel.r_offset < soffset)
9370 slo = srel + 1;
9371 else if (outrel.r_offset > soffset + 3)
9372 shi = srel;
9373 else
9374 {
9375 if (srel + 1 != srelend)
9376 {
9377 memmove (srel, srel + 1,
9378 (srelend - (srel + 1)) * sizeof (*srel));
9379 srel = srelend - 1;
9380 }
9381 outrel.r_offset += patch_off - offset;
9382 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel,
9383 (bfd_byte *) srel);
9384 break;
9385 }
9386 }
9387 }
9388 }
9389 else
9390 rel = NULL;
9391
9392 if ((insn & (0x3fu << 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc */
9393 && (insn & 2) == 0 /* relative */)
9394 {
9395 bfd_vma delta = ((insn & 0xfffc) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
9396
9397 delta += offset - patch_off;
9398 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info) && rel != NULL)
9399 delta = 0;
9400 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info) && rel != NULL)
9401 {
9402 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type;
9403
9404 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info);
9405 if (r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN)
9406 insn |= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
9407 else if (r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN)
9408 insn &= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
9409 else
9410 BFD_ASSERT (r_type == R_PPC_REL14);
9411
9412 if ((r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
9413 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN)
9414 && delta + 0x8000 < 0x10000
9415 && (bfd_signed_vma) delta < 0)
9416 insn ^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT;
9417 }
9418 if (delta + 0x8000 < 0x10000)
9419 {
9420 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9421 (insn & ~0xfffc) | (delta & 0xfffc),
9422 contents + patch_off);
9423 patch_off += 4;
9424 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9425 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc),
9426 contents + patch_off);
9427 patch_off += 4;
9428 }
9429 else
9430 {
9431 if (rel != NULL)
9432 {
9433 unsigned int r_sym = ELF32_R_SYM (relend[-1].r_info);
9434
9435 relend[-1].r_offset += 8;
9436 relend[-1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_sym, R_PPC_REL24);
9437 }
9438 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9439 (insn & ~0xfffc) | 8,
9440 contents + patch_off);
9441 patch_off += 4;
9442 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9443 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc),
9444 contents + patch_off);
9445 patch_off += 4;
9446 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9447 B | ((delta - 8) & 0x3fffffc),
9448 contents + patch_off);
9449 patch_off += 4;
9450 }
9451 }
9452 else
9453 {
9454 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, insn, contents + patch_off);
9455 patch_off += 4;
9456 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd,
9457 B | ((offset + 4 - patch_off) & 0x3fffffc),
9458 contents + patch_off);
9459 patch_off += 4;
9460 }
9461 BFD_ASSERT (patch_off <= input_section->size);
9462 relax_info->workaround_size = input_section->size - patch_off;
9463 }
9464 }
9465
9466 return ret;
9467 }
9468
9469 /* Write out the PLT relocs and entries for H. */
9470
9471 static bool
write_global_sym_plt(struct elf_link_hash_entry * h,void * inf)9472 write_global_sym_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
9473 {
9474 struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
9475 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9476 struct plt_entry *ent;
9477 bool doneone;
9478
9479 doneone = false;
9480 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
9481 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
9482 {
9483 bool dyn = !use_local_plt (info, h);
9484
9485 if (!doneone)
9486 {
9487 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
9488 bfd_byte *loc;
9489 bfd_vma reloc_index;
9490 asection *plt = htab->elf.splt;
9491 asection *relplt = htab->elf.srelplt;
9492
9493 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW || !dyn)
9494 reloc_index = ent->plt.offset / 4;
9495 else
9496 {
9497 reloc_index = ((ent->plt.offset - htab->plt_initial_entry_size)
9498 / htab->plt_slot_size);
9499 if (reloc_index > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
9500 && htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
9501 reloc_index -= (reloc_index - PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES) / 2;
9502 }
9503
9504 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.
9505 Set it up. */
9506 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS && dyn)
9507 {
9508 bfd_vma got_offset;
9509 const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
9510
9511 /* The first three entries in .got.plt are reserved. */
9512 got_offset = (reloc_index + 3) * 4;
9513
9514 /* Use the right PLT. */
9515 plt_entry = bfd_link_pic (info) ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
9516 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry;
9517
9518 /* Fill in the .plt on VxWorks. */
9519 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
9520 {
9521 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9522 plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_offset),
9523 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 0);
9524 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9525 plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_offset),
9526 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 4);
9527 }
9528 else
9529 {
9530 bfd_vma got_loc = got_offset + SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
9531
9532 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9533 plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_loc),
9534 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 0);
9535 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9536 plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_loc),
9537 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 4);
9538 }
9539
9540 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[2],
9541 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 8);
9542 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[3],
9543 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 12);
9544
9545 /* This instruction is an immediate load. The value loaded is
9546 the byte offset of the R_PPC_JMP_SLOT relocation from the
9547 start of the .rela.plt section. The value is stored in the
9548 low-order 16 bits of the load instruction. */
9549 /* NOTE: It appears that this is now an index rather than a
9550 prescaled offset. */
9551 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9552 plt_entry[4] | reloc_index,
9553 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 16);
9554 /* This instruction is a PC-relative branch whose target is
9555 the start of the PLT section. The address of this branch
9556 instruction is 20 bytes beyond the start of this PLT entry.
9557 The address is encoded in bits 6-29, inclusive. The value
9558 stored is right-shifted by two bits, permitting a 26-bit
9559 offset. */
9560 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd,
9561 (plt_entry[5]
9562 | (-(ent->plt.offset + 20) & 0x03fffffc)),
9563 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 20);
9564 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[6],
9565 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 24);
9566 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, plt_entry[7],
9567 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 28);
9568
9569 /* Fill in the GOT entry corresponding to this PLT slot with
9570 the address immediately after the "bctr" instruction
9571 in this PLT entry. */
9572 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, (plt->output_section->vma
9573 + plt->output_offset
9574 + ent->plt.offset + 16),
9575 htab->elf.sgotplt->contents + got_offset);
9576
9577 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
9578 {
9579 /* Fill in a couple of entries in .rela.plt.unloaded. */
9580 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents
9581 + ((VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS + reloc_index
9582 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS)
9583 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
9584
9585 /* Provide the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
9586 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma
9587 + plt->output_offset
9588 + ent->plt.offset + 2);
9589 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx,
9590 R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
9591 rela.r_addend = got_offset;
9592 BFD_ASSERT (swap_reloc_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc,
9593 htab->srelplt2));
9594 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9595
9596 /* Provide the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
9597 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma
9598 + plt->output_offset
9599 + ent->plt.offset + 6);
9600 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx,
9601 R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
9602 rela.r_addend = got_offset;
9603 BFD_ASSERT (swap_reloc_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc,
9604 htab->srelplt2));
9605 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
9606
9607 /* Provide a relocation for the GOT entry corresponding to this
9608 PLT slot. Point it at the middle of the .plt entry. */
9609 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
9610 + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
9611 + got_offset);
9612 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx,
9613 R_PPC_ADDR32);
9614 rela.r_addend = ent->plt.offset + 16;
9615 BFD_ASSERT (swap_reloc_out (info->output_bfd, &rela, loc,
9616 htab->srelplt2));
9617 }
9618
9619 /* VxWorks uses non-standard semantics for R_PPC_JMP_SLOT.
9620 In particular, the offset for the relocation is not the
9621 address of the PLT entry for this function, as specified
9622 by the ABI. Instead, the offset is set to the address of
9623 the GOT slot for this function. See EABI 4.4.4.1. */
9624 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.sgotplt->output_section->vma
9625 + htab->elf.sgotplt->output_offset
9626 + got_offset);
9627 rela.r_addend = 0;
9628 }
9629 else
9630 {
9631 rela.r_addend = 0;
9632 if (!dyn)
9633 {
9634 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9635 {
9636 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
9637 relplt = htab->elf.irelplt;
9638 }
9639 else
9640 {
9641 plt = htab->pltlocal;
9642 relplt = bfd_link_pic (info) ? htab->relpltlocal : NULL;
9643 }
9644 if (h->def_regular
9645 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
9646 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
9647 rela.r_addend = SYM_VAL (h);
9648 }
9649
9650 if (relplt == NULL)
9651 {
9652 loc = plt->contents + ent->plt.offset;
9653 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, rela.r_addend, loc);
9654 }
9655 else
9656 {
9657 rela.r_offset = (plt->output_section->vma
9658 + plt->output_offset
9659 + ent->plt.offset);
9660
9661 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD || !dyn)
9662 {
9663 /* We don't need to fill in the .plt. The ppc dynamic
9664 linker will fill it in. */
9665 }
9666 else
9667 {
9668 bfd_vma val = (htab->glink_pltresolve + ent->plt.offset
9669 + htab->glink->output_section->vma
9670 + htab->glink->output_offset);
9671 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, val,
9672 plt->contents + ent->plt.offset);
9673 }
9674 }
9675 }
9676
9677 if (relplt != NULL)
9678 {
9679 /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */
9680 if (!dyn)
9681 {
9682 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9683 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
9684 else
9685 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
9686 loc = relplt->contents + (relplt->reloc_count++
9687 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
9688 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
9689 }
9690 else
9691 {
9692 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_PPC_JMP_SLOT);
9693 loc = relplt->contents + (reloc_index
9694 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
9695 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && is_static_defined (h))
9696 htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
9697 }
9698 BFD_ASSERT (swap_reloc_out (info->output_bfd, &rela,
9699 loc, relplt));
9700 }
9701 doneone = true;
9702 }
9703
9704 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW || !dyn)
9705 {
9706 unsigned char *p;
9707 asection *plt = htab->elf.splt;
9708
9709 if (!dyn)
9710 {
9711 if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9712 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
9713 else
9714 break;
9715 }
9716
9717 p = (unsigned char *) htab->glink->contents + ent->glink_offset;
9718 write_glink_stub (h, ent, plt, p, info);
9719
9720 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
9721 /* We only need one non-PIC glink stub. */
9722 break;
9723 }
9724 else
9725 break;
9726 }
9727 return true;
9728 }
9729
9730 /* Finish up PLT handling. */
9731
9732 bool
ppc_finish_symbols(struct bfd_link_info * info)9733 ppc_finish_symbols (struct bfd_link_info *info)
9734 {
9735 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9736 bfd *ibfd;
9737
9738 if (!htab)
9739 return true;
9740
9741 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->elf, write_global_sym_plt, info);
9742
9743 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
9744 {
9745 bfd_vma *local_got, *end_local_got;
9746 struct plt_entry **local_plt, **lplt, **end_local_plt;
9747 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
9748 bfd_size_type locsymcount;
9749 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms = NULL;
9750 struct plt_entry *ent;
9751
9752 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd))
9753 continue;
9754
9755 local_got = elf_local_got_offsets (ibfd);
9756 if (!local_got)
9757 continue;
9758
9759 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
9760 locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
9761 end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
9762 local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) end_local_got;
9763 end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount;
9764 for (lplt = local_plt; lplt < end_local_plt; ++lplt)
9765 for (ent = *lplt; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
9766 {
9767 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
9768 {
9769 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
9770 asection *sym_sec;
9771 asection *plt, *relplt;
9772 bfd_byte *loc;
9773 bfd_vma val;
9774 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
9775 unsigned char *p;
9776
9777 if (!get_sym_h (NULL, &sym, &sym_sec, NULL, &local_syms,
9778 lplt - local_plt, ibfd))
9779 {
9780 if (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
9781 free (local_syms);
9782 return false;
9783 }
9784
9785 val = sym->st_value;
9786 if (sym_sec != NULL && sym_sec->output_section != NULL)
9787 val += sym_sec->output_offset + sym_sec->output_section->vma;
9788
9789 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
9790 {
9791 htab->local_ifunc_resolver = 1;
9792 plt = htab->elf.iplt;
9793 relplt = htab->elf.irelplt;
9794 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE);
9795 }
9796 else
9797 {
9798 plt = htab->pltlocal;
9799 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
9800 {
9801 relplt = htab->relpltlocal;
9802 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE);
9803 }
9804 else
9805 {
9806 loc = plt->contents + ent->plt.offset;
9807 bfd_put_32 (info->output_bfd, val, loc);
9808 continue;
9809 }
9810 }
9811
9812 rela.r_offset = (ent->plt.offset
9813 + plt->output_offset
9814 + plt->output_section->vma);
9815 rela.r_addend = val;
9816 BFD_ASSERT (count_and_swap_reloc_out (info->output_bfd, &rela,
9817 relplt));
9818
9819 p = (unsigned char *) htab->glink->contents + ent->glink_offset;
9820 write_glink_stub (NULL, ent, htab->elf.iplt, p, info);
9821 }
9822 }
9823
9824 if (local_syms != NULL
9825 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) local_syms)
9826 {
9827 if (!info->keep_memory)
9828 free (local_syms);
9829 else
9830 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) local_syms;
9831 }
9832 }
9833 return true;
9834 }
9835
9836 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
9837 dynamic sections here. */
9838
9839 static bool
ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol(bfd * output_bfd,struct bfd_link_info * info,struct elf_link_hash_entry * h,Elf_Internal_Sym * sym)9840 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
9841 struct bfd_link_info *info,
9842 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
9843 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
9844 {
9845 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9846 struct plt_entry *ent;
9847
9848 #ifdef DEBUG
9849 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol called for %s",
9850 h->root.root.string);
9851 #endif
9852
9853 if (!h->def_regular
9854 || (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && !bfd_link_pic (info)))
9855 for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next)
9856 if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
9857 {
9858 if (!h->def_regular)
9859 {
9860 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as
9861 defined in the .plt section. Leave the value if
9862 there were any relocations where pointer equality
9863 matters (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to
9864 make function pointer comparisons work between an
9865 application and shared library), otherwise set it
9866 to zero. */
9867 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
9868 if (!h->pointer_equality_needed)
9869 sym->st_value = 0;
9870 else if (!h->ref_regular_nonweak)
9871 {
9872 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but
9873 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL
9874 function pointer. */
9875 sym->st_value = 0;
9876 }
9877 }
9878 else
9879 {
9880 /* Set the value of ifunc symbols in a non-pie
9881 executable to the glink entry. This is to avoid
9882 text relocations. We can't do this for ifunc in
9883 allocate_dynrelocs, as we do for normal dynamic
9884 function symbols with plt entries, because we need
9885 to keep the original value around for the ifunc
9886 relocation. */
9887 sym->st_shndx
9888 = (_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
9889 (info->output_bfd, htab->glink->output_section));
9890 sym->st_value = (ent->glink_offset
9891 + htab->glink->output_offset
9892 + htab->glink->output_section->vma);
9893 }
9894 break;
9895 }
9896
9897 if (h->needs_copy)
9898 {
9899 asection *s;
9900 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
9901
9902 /* This symbols needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
9903
9904 #ifdef DEBUG
9905 fprintf (stderr, ", copy");
9906 #endif
9907
9908 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
9909
9910 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs)
9911 s = htab->relsbss;
9912 else if (h->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sdynrelro)
9913 s = htab->elf.sreldynrelro;
9914 else
9915 s = htab->elf.srelbss;
9916 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
9917
9918 rela.r_offset = SYM_VAL (h);
9919 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_PPC_COPY);
9920 rela.r_addend = 0;
9921 BFD_ASSERT (count_and_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rela, s));
9922 }
9923
9924 #ifdef DEBUG
9925 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
9926 #endif
9927
9928 return true;
9929 }
9930
9931 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
ppc_elf_reloc_type_class(const struct bfd_link_info * info,const asection * rel_sec,const Elf_Internal_Rela * rela)9932 ppc_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info,
9933 const asection *rel_sec,
9934 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
9935 {
9936 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9937
9938 if (rel_sec == htab->elf.irelplt)
9939 return reloc_class_ifunc;
9940
9941 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
9942 {
9943 case R_PPC_RELATIVE:
9944 return reloc_class_relative;
9945 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT:
9946 return reloc_class_plt;
9947 case R_PPC_COPY:
9948 return reloc_class_copy;
9949 default:
9950 return reloc_class_normal;
9951 }
9952 }
9953
9954 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
9955
9956 static bool
ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections(bfd * output_bfd,struct bfd_link_info * info)9957 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
9958 struct bfd_link_info *info)
9959 {
9960 asection *sdyn;
9961 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9962 bfd_vma got;
9963 bfd *dynobj;
9964 bool ret = true;
9965
9966 #ifdef DEBUG
9967 fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections called\n");
9968 #endif
9969
9970 htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info);
9971 dynobj = htab->elf.dynobj;
9972 sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic");
9973
9974 got = 0;
9975 if (htab->elf.hgot != NULL)
9976 got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
9977
9978 if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
9979 {
9980 Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
9981
9982 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.splt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
9983
9984 dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
9985 dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
9986 for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
9987 {
9988 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
9989 asection *s;
9990
9991 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
9992
9993 switch (dyn.d_tag)
9994 {
9995 case DT_PLTGOT:
9996 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks)
9997 s = htab->elf.sgotplt;
9998 else
9999 s = htab->elf.splt;
10000 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
10001 break;
10002
10003 case DT_PLTRELSZ:
10004 dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->elf.srelplt->size;
10005 break;
10006
10007 case DT_JMPREL:
10008 s = htab->elf.srelplt;
10009 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
10010 break;
10011
10012 case DT_PPC_GOT:
10013 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = got;
10014 break;
10015
10016 case DT_TEXTREL:
10017 if (htab->local_ifunc_resolver)
10018 info->callbacks->einfo
10019 (_("%X%P: text relocations and GNU indirect "
10020 "functions will result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
10021 else if (htab->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver)
10022 info->callbacks->einfo
10023 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect "
10024 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
10025 continue;
10026
10027 default:
10028 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks
10029 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
10030 break;
10031 continue;
10032 }
10033
10034 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
10035 }
10036 }
10037
10038 if (htab->elf.sgot != NULL
10039 && htab->elf.sgot->output_section != bfd_abs_section_ptr)
10040 {
10041 if (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sgot
10042 || htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section == htab->elf.sgotplt)
10043 {
10044 unsigned char *p = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->contents;
10045
10046 p += htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value;
10047 if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD)
10048 {
10049 /* Add a blrl instruction at _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_-4
10050 so that a function can easily find the address of
10051 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
10052 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value - 4
10053 < htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->size);
10054 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0x4e800021, p - 4);
10055 }
10056
10057 if (sdyn != NULL)
10058 {
10059 bfd_vma val = sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset;
10060 BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value
10061 < htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->size);
10062 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, val, p);
10063 }
10064 }
10065 else
10066 {
10067 /* xgettext:c-format */
10068 _bfd_error_handler (_("%s not defined in linker created %pA"),
10069 htab->elf.hgot->root.root.string,
10070 (htab->elf.sgotplt != NULL
10071 ? htab->elf.sgotplt : htab->elf.sgot));
10072 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
10073 ret = false;
10074 }
10075
10076 elf_section_data (htab->elf.sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
10077 }
10078
10079 /* Fill in the first entry in the VxWorks procedure linkage table. */
10080 if (htab->elf.target_os == is_vxworks
10081 && htab->elf.splt != NULL
10082 && htab->elf.splt->size != 0
10083 && htab->elf.splt->output_section != bfd_abs_section_ptr)
10084 {
10085 asection *splt = htab->elf.splt;
10086 /* Use the right PLT. */
10087 const bfd_vma *plt_entry = (bfd_link_pic (info)
10088 ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
10089 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry);
10090
10091 if (!bfd_link_pic (info))
10092 {
10093 bfd_vma got_value = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot);
10094
10095 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_value),
10096 splt->contents + 0);
10097 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_value),
10098 splt->contents + 4);
10099 }
10100 else
10101 {
10102 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0], splt->contents + 0);
10103 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1], splt->contents + 4);
10104 }
10105 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], splt->contents + 8);
10106 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], splt->contents + 12);
10107 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], splt->contents + 16);
10108 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], splt->contents + 20);
10109 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], splt->contents + 24);
10110 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], splt->contents + 28);
10111
10112 if (! bfd_link_pic (info))
10113 {
10114 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
10115 bfd_byte *loc;
10116
10117 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
10118
10119 /* Output the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
10120 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
10121 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
10122 + 2);
10123 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
10124 rela.r_addend = 0;
10125 BFD_ASSERT (swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc, htab->srelplt2));
10126 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10127
10128 /* Output the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
10129 rela.r_offset = (htab->elf.splt->output_section->vma
10130 + htab->elf.splt->output_offset
10131 + 6);
10132 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
10133 rela.r_addend = 0;
10134 BFD_ASSERT (swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc, htab->srelplt2));
10135 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10136
10137 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
10138 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
10139 in which symbols were output. */
10140 while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
10141 {
10142 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
10143
10144 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10145 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA);
10146 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10147 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10148
10149 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10150 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO);
10151 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10152 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10153
10154 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10155 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx, R_PPC_ADDR32);
10156 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10157 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10158 }
10159 }
10160 }
10161
10162 if (htab->glink != NULL
10163 && htab->glink->contents != NULL
10164 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created)
10165 {
10166 unsigned char *p;
10167 unsigned char *endp;
10168 bfd_vma res0;
10169
10170 /*
10171 * PIC glink code is the following:
10172 *
10173 * # ith PLT code stub.
10174 * addis 11,30,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@ha
10175 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@l(11)
10176 * mtctr 11
10177 * bctr
10178 *
10179 * # A table of branches, one for each plt entry.
10180 * # The idea is that the plt call stub loads ctr and r11 with these
10181 * # addresses, so (r11 - res_0) gives the plt index * 4.
10182 * res_0: b PLTresolve
10183 * res_1: b PLTresolve
10184 * .
10185 * # Some number of entries towards the end can be nops
10186 * res_n_m3: nop
10187 * res_n_m2: nop
10188 * res_n_m1:
10189 *
10190 * PLTresolve:
10191 * addis 11,11,(1f-res_0)@ha
10192 * mflr 0
10193 * bcl 20,31,1f
10194 * 1: addi 11,11,(1b-res_0)@l
10195 * mflr 12
10196 * mtlr 0
10197 * sub 11,11,12 # r11 = index * 4
10198 * addis 12,12,(got+4-1b)@ha
10199 * lwz 0,(got+4-1b)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10200 * lwz 12,(got+8-1b)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10201 * mtctr 0
10202 * add 0,11,11
10203 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10204 * bctr
10205 *
10206 * Non-PIC glink code is a little simpler.
10207 *
10208 * # ith PLT code stub.
10209 * lis 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@ha
10210 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@l(11)
10211 * mtctr 11
10212 * bctr
10213 *
10214 * The branch table is the same, then comes
10215 *
10216 * PLTresolve:
10217 * lis 12,(got+4)@ha
10218 * addis 11,11,(-res_0)@ha
10219 * lwz 0,(got+4)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10220 * addi 11,11,(-res_0)@l # r11 = index * 4
10221 * mtctr 0
10222 * add 0,11,11
10223 * lwz 12,(got+8)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10224 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10225 * bctr
10226 */
10227
10228 /* Build the branch table, one for each plt entry (less one),
10229 and perhaps some padding. */
10230 p = htab->glink->contents;
10231 p += htab->glink_pltresolve;
10232 endp = htab->glink->contents;
10233 endp += htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
10234 while (p < endp - (htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? 0 : 8 * 4))
10235 {
10236 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B + endp - p, p);
10237 p += 4;
10238 }
10239 while (p < endp)
10240 {
10241 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, p);
10242 p += 4;
10243 }
10244
10245 res0 = (htab->glink_pltresolve
10246 + htab->glink->output_section->vma
10247 + htab->glink->output_offset);
10248
10249 if (htab->params->ppc476_workaround)
10250 {
10251 /* Ensure that a call stub at the end of a page doesn't
10252 result in prefetch over the end of the page into the
10253 glink branch table. */
10254 bfd_vma pagesize = (bfd_vma) 1 << htab->params->pagesize_p2;
10255 bfd_vma page_addr;
10256 bfd_vma glink_start = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
10257 + htab->glink->output_offset);
10258
10259 for (page_addr = res0 & -pagesize;
10260 page_addr > glink_start;
10261 page_addr -= pagesize)
10262 {
10263 /* We have a plt call stub that may need fixing. */
10264 bfd_byte *loc;
10265 unsigned int insn;
10266
10267 loc = htab->glink->contents + page_addr - 4 - glink_start;
10268 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc);
10269 if (insn == BCTR)
10270 {
10271 /* By alignment, we know that there must be at least
10272 one other call stub before this one. */
10273 insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, loc - 16);
10274 if (insn == BCTR)
10275 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B | (-16 & 0x3fffffc), loc);
10276 else
10277 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B | (-20 & 0x3fffffc), loc);
10278 }
10279 }
10280 }
10281
10282 /* Last comes the PLTresolve stub. */
10283 endp = p + GLINK_PLTRESOLVE;
10284 if (bfd_link_pic (info))
10285 {
10286 bfd_vma bcl;
10287
10288 bcl = (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 3*4
10289 + htab->glink->output_section->vma
10290 + htab->glink->output_offset);
10291
10292 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_11 + PPC_HA (bcl - res0), p);
10293 p += 4;
10294 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MFLR_0, p);
10295 p += 4;
10296 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCL_20_31, p);
10297 p += 4;
10298 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDI_11_11 + PPC_LO (bcl - res0), p);
10299 p += 4;
10300 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MFLR_12, p);
10301 p += 4;
10302 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTLR_0, p);
10303 p += 4;
10304 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, SUB_11_11_12, p);
10305 p += 4;
10306 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_12_12 + PPC_HA (got + 4 - bcl), p);
10307 p += 4;
10308 if (PPC_HA (got + 4 - bcl) == PPC_HA (got + 8 - bcl))
10309 {
10310 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4 - bcl), p);
10311 p += 4;
10312 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + PPC_LO (got + 8 - bcl), p);
10313 p += 4;
10314 }
10315 else
10316 {
10317 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZU_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4 - bcl), p);
10318 p += 4;
10319 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + 4, p);
10320 p += 4;
10321 }
10322 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_0, p);
10323 p += 4;
10324 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_0_11_11, p);
10325 }
10326 else
10327 {
10328 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LIS_12 + PPC_HA (got + 4), p);
10329 p += 4;
10330 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_11 + PPC_HA (-res0), p);
10331 p += 4;
10332 if (PPC_HA (got + 4) == PPC_HA (got + 8))
10333 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4), p);
10334 else
10335 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZU_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4), p);
10336 p += 4;
10337 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDI_11_11 + PPC_LO (-res0), p);
10338 p += 4;
10339 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_0, p);
10340 p += 4;
10341 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_0_11_11, p);
10342 p += 4;
10343 if (PPC_HA (got + 4) == PPC_HA (got + 8))
10344 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + PPC_LO (got + 8), p);
10345 else
10346 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + 4, p);
10347 }
10348 p += 4;
10349 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_11_0_11, p);
10350 p += 4;
10351 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCTR, p);
10352 p += 4;
10353 while (p < endp)
10354 {
10355 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
10356 htab->params->ppc476_workaround ? BA : NOP, p);
10357 p += 4;
10358 }
10359 BFD_ASSERT (p == endp);
10360 }
10361
10362 if (htab->glink_eh_frame != NULL
10363 && htab->glink_eh_frame->contents != NULL)
10364 {
10365 unsigned char *p = htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
10366 bfd_vma val;
10367
10368 p += sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie);
10369 /* FDE length. */
10370 p += 4;
10371 /* CIE pointer. */
10372 p += 4;
10373 /* Offset to .glink. */
10374 val = (htab->glink->output_section->vma
10375 + htab->glink->output_offset);
10376 val -= (htab->glink_eh_frame->output_section->vma
10377 + htab->glink_eh_frame->output_offset);
10378 val -= p - htab->glink_eh_frame->contents;
10379 bfd_put_32 (htab->elf.dynobj, val, p);
10380
10381 if (htab->glink_eh_frame->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
10382 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd, info,
10383 htab->glink_eh_frame,
10384 htab->glink_eh_frame->contents))
10385 return false;
10386 }
10387
10388 return ret;
10389 }
10390
10391 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf32_le_vec
10392 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-powerpcle"
10393 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vec
10394 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc"
10395 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc
10396 #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC32_ELF_DATA
10397 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC
10398 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
10399 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
10400 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc_elf_info_to_howto
10401
10402 #ifdef EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10403 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT1 EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10404 #endif
10405
10406 #ifdef EM_PPC_OLD
10407 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT2 EM_PPC_OLD
10408 #endif
10409
10410 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1
10411 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1
10412 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
10413 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
10414 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
10415 #define elf_backend_caches_rawsize 1
10416
10417 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject ppc_elf_mkobject
10418 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
10419 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section ppc_elf_relax_section
10420 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup
10421 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup
10422 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags ppc_elf_set_private_flags
10423 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create
10424 #define bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab
10425
10426 #define elf_backend_object_p ppc_elf_object_p
10427 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook
10428 #define elf_backend_section_from_shdr ppc_elf_section_from_shdr
10429 #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc_elf_relocate_section
10430 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections
10431 #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc_elf_check_relocs
10432 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
10433 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
10434 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
10435 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook
10436 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections
10437 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc_elf_hash_symbol
10438 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
10439 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
10440 #define elf_backend_fake_sections ppc_elf_fake_sections
10441 #define elf_backend_additional_program_headers ppc_elf_additional_program_headers
10442 #define elf_backend_modify_segment_map ppc_elf_modify_segment_map
10443 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc_elf_grok_prstatus
10444 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc_elf_grok_psinfo
10445 #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc_elf_write_core_note
10446 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc_elf_reloc_type_class
10447 #define elf_backend_begin_write_processing ppc_elf_begin_write_processing
10448 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing ppc_elf_final_write_processing
10449 #define elf_backend_write_section ppc_elf_write_section
10450 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr
10451 #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val ppc_elf_plt_sym_val
10452 #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc_elf_action_discarded
10453 #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
10454 #define elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags
10455
10456 #include "elf32-target.h"
10457
10458 /* FreeBSD Target */
10459
10460 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10461 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10462
10463 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10464 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_fbsd_vec
10465 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10466 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-freebsd"
10467
10468 #undef ELF_OSABI
10469 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
10470
10471 #undef elf32_bed
10472 #define elf32_bed elf32_powerpc_fbsd_bed
10473
10474 #include "elf32-target.h"
10475
10476 /* VxWorks Target */
10477
10478 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10479 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10480
10481 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10482 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vxworks_vec
10483 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10484 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-vxworks"
10485
10486 #undef ELF_OSABI
10487
10488 #undef ELF_TARGET_OS
10489 #define ELF_TARGET_OS is_vxworks
10490
10491 /* VxWorks uses the elf default section flags for .plt. */
10492 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr(bfd * abfd,asection * sec)10493 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
10494 {
10495 if (sec->name == NULL)
10496 return NULL;
10497
10498 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".plt") == 0)
10499 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec);
10500
10501 return ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec);
10502 }
10503
10504 /* Like ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create, but overrides
10505 appropriately for VxWorks. */
10506 static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create(bfd * abfd)10507 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
10508 {
10509 struct bfd_link_hash_table *ret;
10510
10511 ret = ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd);
10512 if (ret)
10513 {
10514 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab
10515 = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *)ret;
10516 htab->plt_type = PLT_VXWORKS;
10517 htab->plt_entry_size = VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
10518 htab->plt_slot_size = VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
10519 htab->plt_initial_entry_size = VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE;
10520 }
10521 return ret;
10522 }
10523
10524 /* Tweak magic VxWorks symbols as they are loaded. */
10525 static bool
ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook(bfd * abfd,struct bfd_link_info * info,Elf_Internal_Sym * sym,const char ** namep,flagword * flagsp,asection ** secp,bfd_vma * valp)10526 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd,
10527 struct bfd_link_info *info,
10528 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
10529 const char **namep,
10530 flagword *flagsp,
10531 asection **secp,
10532 bfd_vma *valp)
10533 {
10534 if (!elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp,
10535 valp))
10536 return false;
10537
10538 return ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd, info, sym, namep, flagsp, secp, valp);
10539 }
10540
10541 static bool
ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing(bfd * abfd)10542 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd)
10543 {
10544 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd);
10545 return elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (abfd);
10546 }
10547
10548 /* On VxWorks, we emit relocations against _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_, so
10549 define it. */
10550 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
10551 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
10552 #undef elf_backend_want_got_plt
10553 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
10554 #undef elf_backend_got_symbol_offset
10555 #define elf_backend_got_symbol_offset 0
10556 #undef elf_backend_plt_not_loaded
10557 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 0
10558 #undef elf_backend_plt_readonly
10559 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
10560 #undef elf_backend_got_header_size
10561 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
10562 #undef elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt
10563 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
10564
10565 #undef bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab
10566
10567 #undef bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create
10568 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
10569 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create
10570 #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
10571 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \
10572 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
10573 #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
10574 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
10575 elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
10576 #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
10577 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
10578 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
10579 #undef elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr
10580 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr \
10581 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr
10582 #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
10583 #define elf_backend_emit_relocs \
10584 elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
10585
10586 #undef elf32_bed
10587 #define elf32_bed ppc_elf_vxworks_bed
10588
10589 #include "elf32-target.h"
10590